WO2012014696A1 - ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND COMPOUND HAVING p-DICYANOBENZENE STRUCTURE - Google Patents

ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND COMPOUND HAVING p-DICYANOBENZENE STRUCTURE Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012014696A1
WO2012014696A1 PCT/JP2011/066090 JP2011066090W WO2012014696A1 WO 2012014696 A1 WO2012014696 A1 WO 2012014696A1 JP 2011066090 W JP2011066090 W JP 2011066090W WO 2012014696 A1 WO2012014696 A1 WO 2012014696A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
ring
general formula
layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/066090
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
渡辺 徹
伊勢 俊大
北村 哲
玲 武田
康智 米久田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2012014696A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012014696A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/50Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C255/51Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings containing at least two cyano groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/615Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene
    • H10K85/622Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene containing four rings, e.g. pyrene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/615Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene
    • H10K85/626Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene containing more than one polycyclic condensed aromatic rings, e.g. bis-anthracene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007Non-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1044Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/18Metal complexes
    • C09K2211/185Metal complexes of the platinum group, i.e. Os, Ir, Pt, Ru, Rh or Pd
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/346Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising platinum
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/633Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device and a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure.
  • Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage.
  • An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an element using a benzonitrile-based charge transport material having a substituent at the ortho position for further improving the light emission efficiency of the element and reducing the driving voltage.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses an element using a charge transport material in which two or more condensed polycyclic aromatic groups are substituted for phenylene in order to reduce the driving voltage of the element and improve luminance and durability.
  • devices using these conventional charge transport materials have low durability, and a significant improvement in durability is required.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability compared to a device using a conventional charge transport material. Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound useful for the organic electroluminescence device described above, and a composition and a thin film containing the compound. Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device including the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
  • an organic electroluminescent device having significantly improved durability compared to conventional devices is provided by using a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure and a specific substituent. I found out that The compound is useful for producing an organic electroluminescent device having greatly improved durability.
  • the present invention can be achieved by the following means.
  • An organic electroluminescent device comprising a substrate and a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes, wherein at least one of the at least one organic layer
  • An organic electroluminescent device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C
  • a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C.
  • R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3.
  • the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
  • R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent.
  • a naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents.
  • R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group
  • substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C
  • a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C.
  • R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3.
  • the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
  • R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent.
  • a naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents.
  • R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • an organic electroluminescence device having significantly improved durability compared to a conventional device.
  • a compound useful for producing an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability can be provided.
  • the substituent group A and the substituent group B are defined as follows.
  • An alkyl group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • alkenyl groups preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl groups preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl ,
  • pyridyloxy pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc.
  • an acyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc. an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy Carbonyl, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably Has 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyloxycarbonyl.
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy Carbonyl, etc.
  • an aryloxycarbonyl group preferably Has 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyloxycarbonyl.
  • An acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably 2-30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include acetylamino, benzoylamino and the like, and alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably having 2-2 carbon atoms).
  • an aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino).
  • an aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino).
  • a sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, phenyl Sulfamoyl, etc.), carbamoyl groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, Phenylcarbamoyl etc.), alkylthio group ( Preferably, it has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • a sulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methanesulfinyl and benzenesulfinyl.
  • a ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid
  • An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group ( An aromatic heterocyclic group is also included, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably
  • Is for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like.
  • a silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl).
  • a aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.).
  • These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
  • alkyl group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • alkenyl groups preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl groups preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl , 3-pentynyl, etc.
  • aryl groups preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent element having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a luminescent layer between the electrodes on a substrate, wherein the at least one layer At least one of the organic layers contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C
  • a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C.
  • R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3.
  • the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 may be bonded to R 12 and R 15 may be bonded to R 14 and may have a substituent C.
  • a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring or a fluorene ring is a benzene ring substituted by R 11 and R 15 , and R 12 and R described later.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 11 and R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group and has no substituent.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 11 and R 15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to be substituted with an unsubstituted naphthalene ring or a phenyl group.
  • R 11 and R 15 are each Independently, it represents a hydrogen atom, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring.
  • R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C.
  • R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
  • the naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have the substituent C to be formed is a benzene ring substituted by R 12 , R 13 and R 14, and the aforementioned R When 11 and R 12 , and R 15 and R 14 are bonded to each other to form a ring, it means the entire structure including the ring formed by them.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is a linear or branched alkyl group and has no substituent.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 1 carbon atom.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 has no substituent.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably a carbon atom.
  • R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenyl group, a phenyl group having an alkyl group, or a phenyl having a cyano group.
  • phenyl group having phenanthrenyl group and cyano group phenyl group having triphenylenyl group and cyano group
  • phenyl group having biphenyl group substituted by cyano group phenyl group substituted by phenyl group and phenyl group having cyano group
  • R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenanthrenyl group and a cyano group, or an unsubstituted triphenylenyl.
  • R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring, an unsubstituted triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring having an alkyl group. Good.
  • n 1, 2 or 3, and n is preferably 2 from the viewpoints of manufacturability and device durability.
  • the substitution positions of the two substituents substituted into the p-dicyanobenzene structure included in the general formula (1) are the 2-position and 3-position, the 2-position and 5-position, or the 2-position and 6-position.
  • the substitution positions are preferably the 2nd and 5th positions from the viewpoint of the availability of the raw material compounds and the improvement of the durability.
  • the two substituents substituted on the p-dicyanobenzene structure contained in the general formula (1) are preferably symmetrical.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group
  • substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • Specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as the substituent C are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 12 , R 13 and R 14 .
  • the substituent C is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) from the viewpoint of improving durability.
  • R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
  • R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent.
  • a naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents.
  • R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
  • Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  • R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of R 11 and R 15 in the general formula (1).
  • specific examples and preferred ranges of R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are the specific examples of R 12 , R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (1). This is the same as the preferred range.
  • R 21 and R 26 , R 22 and R 27 , R 23 and R 28 , R 24 and R 29 , and R 25 and R 30 are the same from the viewpoint of availability of raw material compounds and ease of synthesis. It is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is a compound composed of only a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom and a nitrogen atom. Thereby, the durability of the element is improved.
  • R 11 and R 15 , or R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or a specific condensation. It is limited to forming a hydrocarbon structure.
  • a phenyl group is substituted at the substitution position of these groups (that is, the ortho position of the benzene ring with respect to the p-dicyanobenzene structure)
  • an orthoterphenyl structure containing the p-dicyanobenzene structure is formed.
  • This orthoterphenyl structure tends to produce a cyclic structure having a low T 1 component (T 1 is the lowest excited triplet energy) by the progress of the electrocyclic reaction in an excited state, but there is only one orthoterphenyl structure.
  • T 1 is the lowest excited triplet energy
  • one orthoterphenyl structure does not have a substantial adverse effect on device performance.
  • the low T 1 component acts as a quencher for the light emitting material and tends to cause a decrease in durability and external quantum efficiency. Therefore, an aryl group such as a phenyl group is suitable as a substituent at the ortho position of the benzene ring relative to the p-dicyanobenzene structure. is not.
  • n 4
  • a compound outside the scope of the present invention in which n is 4 has a plurality of the above-described orthoterphenyl structures, and therefore has a tendency to form a cyclic structure that is a low T 1 component. It becomes prominent and tends to cause a decrease in durability and external quantum efficiency. Therefore, in the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), it is effective from the viewpoint of improving the durability that n is 1, 2 or 3.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is usually 350 or more and 1500 or less, preferably 450 or more and 1200 or less, more preferably 500 or more and 1100 or less, and 600 or more and 1000 or less. More preferably.
  • the molecular weight is 450 or more, it is advantageous for forming a high-quality amorphous thin film, and when the molecular weight is 1200 or less, the solubility and sublimation property are improved, which is advantageous for improving the purity of the compound.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transporting layer because of its high electron affinity and excellent electron injection from the cathode side.
  • an energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material is advantageous in improving efficiency by preventing quenching of light emission.
  • the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 2.39 eV (55 kcal / mol) or more and 3.51 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. More preferably, it is 52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.65 eV (61 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less.
  • the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained from the short wavelength end of a phosphorescence emission spectrum of a thin film of material. For example, a material is deposited on a cleaned quartz glass substrate to a thickness of about 50 nm by vacuum deposition, and the phosphorescence emission spectrum of the thin film is measured at F-7000 Hitachi Spectrofluorimeter (Hitachi High Technologies) under liquid nitrogen temperature. Use to measure.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained by converting the rising wavelength on the short wavelength side of the obtained emission spectrum into energy units.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is 100 ° C. or more from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescent device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. It is preferably 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and still more preferably 140 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower.
  • the purity of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is low, impurities work as a charge transport trap or promote the deterioration of the device. Therefore, in the general formula (1) or (2) The higher the purity of the represented compound, the better.
  • the purity can be measured by, for example, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the area ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) when detected with a light absorption intensity of 254 nm is preferably 95.0% or more More preferably, it is 97.0% or more, particularly preferably 99.0% or more, and most preferably 99.9% or more.
  • the hydrogen atoms of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) are substituted with deuterium atoms.
  • the material is also preferably used as a charge transport material.
  • the compound exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized with reference to a method described in, for example, JP-A-2007-266598, but is not limited thereto. After the synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the use of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is not limited and may be contained in any layer in the organic layer.
  • the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) contained in any one or more of the light emitting layer, the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, the layer between the light emitting layer and the anode
  • it is contained in one or more of the light emitting layer and the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and more preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. Is particularly preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) of the present invention is 0 with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 99% by mass, more preferably 1 to 97% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 96% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer other than the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 85 to 100% by mass.
  • the present invention also relates to a charge transport material represented by the general formula (1).
  • the charge transport material represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a charge transport material represented by the general formula (2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) and the charge transport material of the present invention are organic materials such as electrophotography, organic transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements (energy conversion applications, sensor applications, etc.), organic electroluminescence elements, and the like. It can be preferably used for an electronic device, and is particularly preferably used for an organic electroluminescent device.
  • the preferred range is as described above.
  • composition containing compound represented by general formula (1) or (2) The present invention also relates to a composition comprising the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 30 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition, preferably 50 to 97 More preferably, it is 70% by mass, and still more preferably 70-96% by mass.
  • Other components that may be contained in the composition of the present invention may be organic or inorganic, and as organic materials, materials described as host materials, fluorescent light emitting materials, phosphorescent light emitting materials, and hydrocarbon materials described later can be applied. A host material, a phosphorescent material, and a hydrocarbon material are preferable.
  • composition of the present invention can form an organic layer of an organic electroluminescence device by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method
  • a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • the present invention also relates to a thin film containing a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2).
  • the thin film of the present invention can be formed by using the composition of the present invention by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • the thickness of the thin film may be any thickness depending on the application, but is preferably 0.1 nm to 1 mm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 1 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, and particularly preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. is there.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent element having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a luminescent layer between the electrodes on a substrate, wherein the at least one layer At least one of the organic layers contains at least one compound represented by the above general formula (1).
  • at least one of the pair of electrodes, the anode and the cathode is preferably transparent or translucent.
  • Examples of the organic layer include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a block layer (such as a hole block layer and an exciton block layer), and an electron transport layer in addition to the light emitting layer.
  • a plurality of these organic layers may be provided, and when a plurality of layers are provided, they may be formed of the same material, or may be formed of different materials for each layer.
  • FIG. 1 an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention is shown.
  • the organic electroluminescent element 10 of FIG. 1 has an organic layer including a light emitting layer 6 between a pair of electrodes (anode 3 and cathode 9) on a substrate 2.
  • As the organic layer a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7 and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order from the anode side 3.
  • Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode, Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode, Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode, Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode, Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode, Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron injection layer / cathode, Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport
  • the element configuration, the substrate, the cathode, and the anode of the organic electroluminescence element are described in detail in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736, and the matters described in the publication can be applied to the present invention.
  • the substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer.
  • an organic material it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
  • the anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials.
  • the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
  • the cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element.
  • the electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
  • Organic layer in the present invention will be described.
  • each organic layer is preferably formed by any of dry film forming methods such as vapor deposition and sputtering, and solution coating methods such as transfer, printing, spin coating, and bar coating. Can be formed. It is preferable that at least one of the organic layers is formed by a solution coating method.
  • the light emitting layer receives holes from the anode, hole injection layer or hole transport layer and receives electrons from the cathode, electron injection layer or electron transport layer when an electric field is applied, and provides a field for recombination of holes and electrons. And a layer having a function of emitting light.
  • the light emitting layer in the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains at least one kind of fluorescent light emitting material or phosphorescent light emitting material, and preferably contains at least one kind of phosphorescent light emitting material from the viewpoint of improving the external quantum yield.
  • Luminescent material in addition to at least one type of fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer, as the light-emitting material, a fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescence different from the fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer is used.
  • a light emitting material can be used. Details of these fluorescent materials and phosphorescent materials are described in, for example, paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
  • Examples of phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123684, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No.
  • Examples of such a light emitting material include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, Tb complex, Gd.
  • Examples include phosphorescent metal complex compounds such as complexes, Dy complexes, and Ce complexes.
  • an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
  • These phosphorescent metal complex compounds are preferably contained in the light emitting layer together with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2).
  • an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1) or a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1) is used as the phosphorescent material contained in the light emitting layer in the present invention. It is preferable.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably carbon atoms.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom includes a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole Ring, thiadiazole ring and the like.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, or a pyrazole.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by the A 1 , Z 1 and the nitrogen atom may have a substituent, and as the substituent on the carbon atom, the substituent group A is on the nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent group B can be applied as the substituent.
  • Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable.
  • an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable.
  • an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or the like is selected.
  • the substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents a 5- or 6-membered ring containing Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • Examples of the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, Examples include a triazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
  • the benzene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole is preferable as the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and carbon atom.
  • the 5- or 6-membered ring formed of B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a nitrogen atom as the substituent on the carbon atom.
  • the substituent group B can be applied.
  • Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • the substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
  • a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic substituent formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom and a 5- or 6-membered substituent formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom are linked. Then, the same condensed ring as described above may be formed.
  • Examples of the ligand represented by (XY) include various known ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes. For example, “Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” Springer-Verlag H. Published by Yersin in 1987, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-”
  • the ligands described in Akio Yamamoto's book published by Akio Yamamoto in 1982, etc. for example, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands (for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.), diketone ligands (for example, acetylacetone, etc.) can be mentioned.
  • the ligands represented by (XY) are preferably the following general formulas (l-1) to (1-14), but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Rx, Ry, and Rz represent a substituent
  • substituents include a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred.
  • Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are considered not to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect. Since complex synthesis is easy, (I-1), (I-4) and (I-5) are preferred, and (I-1) is most preferred.
  • Ligands having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors.
  • ligand precursors for example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
  • the ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid derivative, and is acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency. Most preferred.
  • a preferred embodiment of the Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is an Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-2).
  • a E1 to A E8 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
  • R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • a E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
  • R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R E may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the ring formed include the same ring as the condensed ring described in the general formula (E-1).
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R E we are the same as those mentioned above substituent group A.
  • a E1 ⁇ A E4 is C-R E, if A E1 ⁇ A E4 is C-R E, preferably a hydrogen atom R E of A E3, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, An alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R E of A E1 , A E2 and A E4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a E5 to A E8 are preferably C—R E , and when A E5 to A E8 are C—R E , R E is preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, aromatic A heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkyloxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a dialkylamino group, a cyano group, Or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • a E6 is preferably a nitrogen atom.
  • (X-Y) and n E2 of the general formula in (E1) (X-Y) , and has the same meaning as n E1 preferable ranges are also the same.
  • a more preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-3).
  • R T1 , R T2 , R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 and R T7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further a substituent Z may be included.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • A represents CR ′ or a nitrogen atom
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O ) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • a case where a ring is condensed with R T1 and R T7 , or R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is preferable, and a case where a ring is condensed with R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
  • the substituents Z are each independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C ( O) represents N (R ′′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′′, —SO 2 R ′′, or —SO 3 R ′′, and each R ′′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E3 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the alkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, i-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, A cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • vinyl, allyl Examples include 1-propenyl, 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ include those in which all the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group.
  • Groups such as pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furyl, benzofuryl , Thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzis
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoro group, and an aryl group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group are more preferable.
  • substituent Z an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • the definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R T1 to R T7 and R ′.
  • A represents CR ′, and among R T1 to R T7 and R ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T1 to R T7 , And R ′ are particularly preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • n E3 is preferably 2 or 3.
  • the type of ligand in the complex is preferably composed of 1 to 2 types, more preferably 1 type.
  • the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • (XY) has the same meaning as (XY) in formula (E-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-4).
  • R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E4 in the general formula (E-4) are R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3).
  • the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3).
  • A represents CR ′, and 0 to 2 of R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-5).
  • R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E5 in the general formula (E-5) are R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3).
  • the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R T5 , R T6 , R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ may be combined with each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or It is a heteroaryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3).
  • A represents CR ′, and among R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transporting layer.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-6).
  • R 1a to R 1k each independently represent a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Any two of R 1a to R 1k may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E6 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 1a to R 1k are the same as those in R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in the general formula (E-3). Further, it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is an atom. The case where R 1j and R 1k are linked to form a single bond is particularly preferable.
  • the preferred range of (XY) and n E6 is the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
  • a more preferable form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-6) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-7).
  • R 1a to R 1i are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Any one of R 1a to R 1i may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E7 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 1a ⁇ R 1i definition and preferable ranges of R 1a ⁇ R 1i are the same as R 1a ⁇ R 1i in the formula (E-6). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • the definitions and preferred ranges of (XY) and n E7 are the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transport layer.
  • the compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A, various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232 and the like. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited, and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) in the light emitting layer is generally contained in the light emitting layer in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the light emitting layer. From the viewpoint of durability and external quantum efficiency, the content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the platinum complex that can be used as the phosphorescent material is preferably a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1).
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group. Represents.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt.
  • the bond between Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 and Pt may be any of a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, and the like.
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q ⁇ 1 >, Q ⁇ 2 >, Q ⁇ 3 > and Q ⁇ 4 >
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q ⁇ 1 >, Q ⁇ 2 >, Q ⁇ 3 > and Q ⁇ 4 >
  • at least one is preferably a carbon atom, more preferably two are carbon atoms, particularly preferably two are carbon atoms and two are nitrogen atoms.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt by a carbon atom may be an anionic ligand or a neutral ligand, and the anionic ligand is a vinyl ligand, Aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand (eg benzene ligand, naphthalene ligand, anthracene ligand, phenanthrene ligand etc.), heterocyclic ligand (eg furan ligand, thiophene ligand, pyridine) Ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, thiazole ligand, oxazole ligand, pyrrole ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole And a condensed ring containing them (for example, quinoline ligand, benzothiazole ligand, etc.).
  • a carbene ligand is mentioned as a neutral ligand.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and as neutral ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic hetero Ring ligand (pyridine ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole ligand, oxazole ligand, Examples include thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (for example, quinoline ligands, benzimidazole ligands), amine ligands, nitrile ligands, and imine ligands.
  • anionic ligands include amino ligands, imino ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligands (pyrrole ligands, imidazole ligands, triazole ligands, and condensed rings containing them) (For example, indole ligand, benzimidazole ligand, etc.)).
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands are ether ligands, Examples include ketone ligands, ester ligands, amide ligands, oxygen-containing heterocyclic ligands (furan ligands, oxazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (benzoxazole ligands, etc.)). It is done.
  • the anionic ligand include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and the like.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include thioether ligands, Examples include thioketone ligands, thioester ligands, thioamide ligands, sulfur-containing heterocyclic ligands (thiophene ligands, thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (such as benzothiazole ligands)). It is done.
  • the anionic ligand include an alkyl mercapto ligand, an aryl mercapto ligand, and a heteroaryl mercapto ligand.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a phosphorus atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include phosphine ligands, Examples include phosphate ester ligands, phosphite ester ligands, and phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ligands (phosphinin ligands, etc.).
  • Anionic ligands include phosphino ligands and phosphinyl ligands.
  • phosphoryl ligands The groups represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3, and Q 4 may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent.
  • substituents may be connected to each other (when Q 3 and Q 4 are connected, a Pt complex of a cyclic tetradentate ligand is formed).
  • the group represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 include alkylene groups (methylene, ethylene, propylene, etc.), arylene groups (phenylene, naphthalenediyl), heteroarylene groups (pyridinediyl, thiophenediyl, etc.) ), Imino group (—NR L —) (such as phenylimino group), oxy group (—O—), thio group (—S—), phosphinidene group (—PR L —) (such as phenylphosphinidene group), silylene (-SiR L R L '-) ( dimethylsilylene group, a diphenylsilylene group), or the like combinations thereof.
  • R L and R L ′ each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. These linking groups may further have a substituent.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an imino group, an oxy group, a thio group or a silylene group. More preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group or an imino group, still more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or an arylene group, still more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or a phenylene group, still more preferably.
  • Single bond, disubstituted methylene group more preferably single bond, dimethylmethylene group, diethylmethylene group, diisobutylmethylene group, dibenzylmethylene group, ethylmethylmethylene group, methylpropylmethylene group, isobutylmethylmethylene group, diphenyl Methylene group, methylphenylmethylene group, cyclohexanediyl group, A lopentanediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, and a fluoromethylmethylene group.
  • L 1 is particularly preferably a dimethylmethylene group, a diphenylmethylene group, or a cyclohexanediyl group, and most preferably a dimethylmethylene group.
  • L 2 and L 3 are most preferably a single bond.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1) a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-2) is more preferable.
  • L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 21 and A 22 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • L 21 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 21 and A 22 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Of A 21, A 22, Preferably, at least one is a carbon atom, it A 21, A 22 are both carbon atoms are preferred from the standpoint of emission quantum yield stability aspects and complexes of the complex .
  • Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 include a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, Examples include thiadiazole rings.
  • the ring represented by Z 21 and Z 22 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring or a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a carbon atom, and the substituent on a nitrogen atom is The substituent group B can be applied.
  • the substituent on the carbon atom is preferably an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable.
  • an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • the substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represent a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 include pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadi Examples include an azole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
  • the ring represented by Z 23 and Z 24 is preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, or a thiophene ring, More preferred are a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
  • the benzene ring and nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent group A is substituted on the nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent group B can be applied as the group.
  • Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • the substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2) one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-4).
  • a 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
  • a 401 to A 406 are preferably C—R, and Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R in A 402 and A 405 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • R in A 401 , A 403 , A 404 and A 406 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an amino group.
  • L 41 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the number of N is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1.
  • a 408 or A 412 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and both A 408 and A 412 are more preferably nitrogen atoms.
  • R in A 408 and A 412 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, A cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group or a cyano group.
  • R in A 407 , A 409 , A 411 and A 413 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably Of these, a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, and a fluorine atom are particularly preferable.
  • R in A 410 and A 414 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2) one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-5).
  • a 501 to A 512 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 51 represents a single bond or a divalent linkage. Represents a group.
  • a 501 to A 506 and L 51 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 406 and L 41 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • a 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 each independently represent C—R or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, Dialkylamino group, diarylamino group, alkyloxy group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, dialkylamino group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, fluorine atom.
  • substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure.
  • At least one of A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and particularly preferably A 510 or A 507 is a nitrogen atom.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1) another more preferable embodiment is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-6).
  • L 61 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 61 independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 61 and Z 62 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • Z 63 independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and Y is an anionic acyclic ligand bonded to Pt.
  • L 61 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 61 represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. In view of the stability of the complex and the light emission quantum yield of the complex, A 61 is preferably a carbon atom.
  • Z 61 and Z 62 are synonymous with Z 21 and Z 22 in the general formula (C-2), respectively, and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • Z 63 has the same meaning as Z 23 in formula (C-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • Y is an anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.
  • An acyclic ligand is one in which atoms bonded to Pt do not form a ring in the form of a ligand.
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are preferable, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom are more preferable, and an oxygen atom is the most preferable.
  • a vinyl ligand is mentioned as Y couple
  • Examples of Y bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, a carboxyl ligand, a phosphate ligand, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid ligands.
  • Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom include alkyl mercapto ligands, aryl mercapto ligands, heteroaryl mercapto ligands, and thiocarboxylic acid ligands.
  • the ligand represented by Y may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other.
  • the ligand represented by Y is preferably a ligand bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom, more preferably an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand. , A silyloxy ligand, and more preferably an acyloxy ligand.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-6) one of more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-7).
  • a 701 to A 710 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, L 71 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Y represents An anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.
  • L 71 has the same meaning as L 61 in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 701 to A 710 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 410 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Y has the same meaning as Y in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • platinum complex represented by the general formula (C-1) include [0143] to [0152], [0157] to [0158], and [0162] to [0168] of JP-A-2005-310733.
  • Examples of the platinum complex compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786, (1988), G.S. R. Newkome et al. ), Page 789, method described in left column 53 to right column 7, line 790, method described in left column 18 to 38, method 790, method described in right column 19 to 30 and The combination, Chemische Berichte 113, 2749 (1980), H.C. Lexy et al.), Page 2752, lines 26 to 35, and the like.
  • a ligand or a dissociated product thereof and a metal compound are mixed with a solvent (for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent,
  • a solvent for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent
  • a base inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.
  • a base inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.
  • the content of the compound represented by formula (C-1) in the light emitting layer of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is 20 mass%.
  • the thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
  • the light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may be composed of only a light emitting material, or may be a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material. There may be one kind of luminescent material, or two or more kinds.
  • the host material is preferably a charge transport material.
  • the host material may be one type or two or more types, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed.
  • the light emitting layer may contain a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
  • the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers, and each layer may contain the same light emitting material or host material, or each layer may contain a different material. When there are a plurality of light emitting layers, each of the light emitting layers may emit light with different emission colors.
  • the host material is a compound mainly responsible for charge injection and transport in the light emitting layer, and itself is a compound that does not substantially emit light.
  • “substantially does not emit light” means that the amount of light emitted from the compound that does not substantially emit light is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less of the total amount of light emitted from the entire device. Preferably it says 1% or less.
  • a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be used as the host material.
  • Examples of other host materials that can be used in the present invention include the following compounds. Pyrrole, indole, carbazole, azaindole, azacarbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, benzofuran, dibenzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, dibenzothiophene, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, aryl Amine, amino-substituted chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styrylamine compound, porphyrin compound, polysilane compound, poly (N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer , Conductive polymer oligomer such as thiophene oligomer, polythioph
  • the host material that can be used in combination may be a hole transporting host material or an electron transporting host material.
  • the light emitting layer preferably contains a host material.
  • the host material is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), or a compound represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) when the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the organic layer (preferably the electron transport layer) between the light emitting layer and the cathode, the light emitting layer has the general formula (4-1). Or at least one of the compounds represented by (4-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) when the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is
  • the light emitting layer preferably contains 30 to 100% by mass, more preferably 40 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 100% by mass.
  • each layer when the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is used in a plurality of organic layers, it is preferable that each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and a plurality of general formulas (4-1) or (4) The compound represented by -2) may be contained in combination at any ratio.
  • R ′ 8 is Each independently represents a substituent, and when d, e and f are 2 or more, R ′ 8 may be different or the same, and at least one of R ′ 8 is represented by the following general formula (5). Represents a carbazole group.
  • R ′ 9 each independently represents a substituent.
  • G represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • R ′ 8 independently represents a substituent, specifically, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a substituent represented by the general formula (5) It is.
  • R ′ 8 does not represent the general formula (5), it is preferably an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. It is.
  • R ′ 9 each independently represents a substituent, specifically a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, preferably an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • g represents an integer of 0 to 8 and is preferably 0 to 4 from the viewpoint of not shielding too much the carbazole skeleton responsible for charge transport. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, when carbazole has a substituent, those having a substituent so as to be symmetric with respect to the nitrogen atom are preferable.
  • the sum of d and e is preferably 2 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the charge transport ability.
  • R ′ 8 is preferably substituted with meta for the other benzene ring. The reason for this is that in ortho substitution, the steric hindrance between adjacent substituents is large, so that the bond is easily cleaved, and the durability is lowered.
  • the molecular shape approaches a rigid rod shape and is easily crystallized, so that element degradation is likely to occur under high temperature conditions.
  • a compound represented by the following structure is preferable.
  • R of structure shown below '9 and g, R in the formula (5)' is synonymous with 9 and g.
  • f is preferably 2 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the charge transport ability.
  • R ′ 8 is substituted with meta from the same viewpoint.
  • a compound represented by the following structure is preferable.
  • R in the structure shown below '9 and g, R in the formula (5)' is synonymous with 9 and g.
  • an isotope of hydrogen such as a deuterium atom
  • all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used.
  • R ′ 9 in the general formula (5) is substituted with deuterium, and the following structures are particularly preferable.
  • the atoms constituting the substituents also include their isotopes.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods.
  • carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) preferably form a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating is also preferably used. I can do it.
  • the molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred.
  • the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) are preferably the following structures or compounds in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with deuterium atoms.
  • R in the structure shown below '8 the formula (4-1) and (4-2) R' in the same meaning as 8
  • R '9 is R in the formula (5)' and 9 It is synonymous.
  • the triplet lowest excitation energy (T 1 energy) of the host material is preferably higher than the T 1 energy of the phosphorescent light emitting material in terms of color purity, light emission efficiency, and driving durability. It is preferable T 1 is greater 0.1eV higher than the T 1 of the phosphorescent material of the host material, more preferably at least 0.2eV higher, and further preferably more than 0.3eV large. T 1 of the host material is a large T 1 is obtained from the phosphorescent material to the host material for thereby quench T 1 is less than the light emission of the phosphorescent material.
  • the content of the host compound in the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of light emission efficiency and driving voltage, it is 15% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total compound mass forming the light emitting layer. Preferably there is.
  • the light emitting layer contains a plurality of types of host compounds including the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2)
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is 50 mass in the total host compounds. % Or more and 99% by mass or less is preferable.
  • the pair of electrodes preferably includes an anode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, and the organic layer includes at least one general formula shown below.
  • the compound represented by (M-1) is preferably contained.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, but its use is not limited, and It may be further contained in any of these layers.
  • a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block It can be contained in any or a plurality of layers.
  • the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode and containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably a hole transport layer.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently one or more selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylamino, alkylamino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, N, O, and S It represents a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing a hetero atom, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be bonded to each other by a single bond, alkylene, or alkenylene (with or without a condensed ring) to form a condensed 5- to 9-membered ring.
  • Ar 3 represents alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or arylamino, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • p is an integer of 1 to 4, and when p is 2 or more, Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-2).
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R M2 to R M23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a silyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). Which may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
  • R M1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably an aryl group. Preferred substituents when the aryl group of R M1 has a substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an aryl group are more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R M1 is preferably a phenyl group that may have a substituent Z, and more preferably a phenyl group that may have an alkyl group or a cyano group.
  • R M2 to R M23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms), Alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms), silyl group (preferably having 0 to 18 carbon atoms), cyano Represents a group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom, and these may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
  • R M2 , R M7 , R M8 , R M15 , R M16 and R M23 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent Z, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R M4 , R M5 , R M11 , R M12 , R M19, and R M20 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is an atom.
  • R M3 , R M6 , R M9 , R M14 , R M17 and R M22 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, and more A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R M10 , R M13 , R M18 and R M21 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a substituent Z, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or an amino group, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group More preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having a substituent Z, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, still more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent Z. It is an alkyl group that may be present.
  • the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom
  • the alkyl group which may have the substituent Z preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. is there.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-3).
  • R S1 to R S5 are each independently an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) represents R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R S1 to R S5 When a plurality of R S1 to R S5 are present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • a represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R S1 are present, they may be the same or different and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • b to e each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of R S2 to R S5 , they may be the same or different, and any two may combine to form a ring.
  • q is an integer of 1 to 5, and when q is 2 or more, a plurality of R S1 may be the same or different, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the alkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group. , I-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group. Groups and the like.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl Examples include 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 include those in which all hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a biphenyl group, and a terphenyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group,
  • R S1 to R S5 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, fluoro group and aryl group more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • substituent Z an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable.
  • R S1 to R S5 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • the 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • the definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R S1 to R S5 .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 50 to 100% by mass, The content is preferably 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by mass.
  • each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and the compound represented by the plurality of general formulas (M-1) You may contain in combination.
  • the thickness of the hole transport layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm. Further preferred.
  • the hole transport layer is preferably provided in contact with the light emitting layer.
  • the hole transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the materials described above, or a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.47 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. It is more preferably 2.60 eV (60 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.69 eV (62 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less.
  • the hydrogen atom constituting the general formula (M-1) includes hydrogen isotopes (such as deuterium atoms). In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods.
  • carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher
  • Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40: 6393 (1999) and the like Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) of the present invention is preferably formed into a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating can also be suitably used.
  • the molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred. *
  • the pair of electrodes preferably includes a cathode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer includes an aromatic hydrocarbon compound. It is preferable to do.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its use is not limited, and any of the organic layers may be further added. It may be contained.
  • any one or more of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, and a charge block layer are used. It can contain.
  • the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode and containing the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and more preferably an electron transporting layer.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound preferably comprises only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, more preferably 85 to 100% by mass.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably 1 to 95% by weight, based on the total weight of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include the mass%.
  • the condensed polycyclic skeleton having 13 to 22 carbon atoms is preferably any one of fluorene, anthracene, phenanthrene, tetracene, chrysene, pentacene, pyrene, perylene, and triphenylene.
  • fluorene, triphenylene, phenanthrene Is more preferable, and triphenylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stability of the compound and charge injection / transport properties, and a compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) preferably has a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, more preferably 400 to 1000, and still more preferably 400 to 800. If the molecular weight is 400 or more, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and if the molecular weight is 1200 or less, it is preferable in terms of solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and appropriate deposition.
  • hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is not limited, and it may be further contained not only in the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer but also in any layer within the organic layer.
  • R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 are substituted or unsubstituted, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, and an n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or A tert-butyl group.
  • R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
  • a benzene ring that may be substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (which may be further substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group); It is particularly preferred.
  • the total number of aryl rings is preferably 2 to 8, and preferably 3 to 5. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
  • R 12 to R 23 each independently preferably has a total carbon number of 20 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 20 to 36. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-2).
  • a plurality of Ar 1 are the same, and a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, which may be substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Or represents a triphenylenyl group.
  • An alkyl group and an alkyl group represented by Ar 1 , a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group that may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group include R 12 to R 23 . It is synonymous with what was mentioned, and a preferable thing is also the same.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-3).
  • L represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • the alkyl group, phenyl group, fluorenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group that forms the n-valent linking group represented by L has the same meaning as that described for R 12 to R 23 .
  • L is preferably an alkyl group or an n-valent linking group formed by combining a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, or a combination thereof, which may be substituted with a benzene ring.
  • L is bonded to the triphenylene ring by *.
  • N is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-4).
  • Ar 2 in the case where a plurality of Ar 2 are present is the same, and Ar 2 represents a group formed by substitution with an alkyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
  • Ar 2 represents a group formed by substitution with an alkyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
  • And q each independently represent 0 or 1, but p and q are not simultaneously 0.
  • Ar 2 represents a hydrogen atom.
  • Ar 2 is preferably a group formed by combining an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, and more preferably a combination of a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, or a triphenylenyl group. It is a group consisting of Ar 2 is particularly preferably a benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms at the meta position, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
  • the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is used as a host material of a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device or a charge transport material of a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, the energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material (the light emitting material is a phosphorescent light emitting material)
  • the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably 52 kcal / mol or more and 80 kcal / mol or less, and 55 kcal / mol or more and 68 kcal / mol or less. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that they are 58 kcal / mol or more and 63 kcal / mol or less. In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained by a method similar to the method in the description of the general formula (1) described above.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is 80 ° C. or more and 400 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescence device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. Preferably, it is 100 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 120 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less.
  • the compounds exemplified as the hydrocarbon compounds according to the present invention include those described in International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, International Publication No. 09/021107, US2009 / 0009065, International Publication No. 09 / It can be synthesized by the methods described in the 008311 pamphlet and the international publication 04/018587 pamphlet. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the light emitting device of the present invention preferably contains at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (O-1). This is preferable from the viewpoints of element efficiency and driving voltage.
  • the general formula (O-1) will be described below.
  • R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or each independently .A O1 ⁇ A O4 representing the heteroaryl group, the C-R A or .R A representing the nitrogen atom Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different, and L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group comprising an aryl ring or a heteroaryl ring.
  • N O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6.
  • R O1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent selected from group A.
  • R O1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an aryl group.
  • an alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group can be mentioned, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is still more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R O1 When the aryl group of R O1 has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the aryl group of R O1 is preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent selected from substituent group A, more preferably a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group, More preferred is an unsubstituted phenyl group or 2-phenylphenyl group.
  • a O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom.
  • 0 to 2 are preferably nitrogen atoms, and 0 or 1 is more preferably a nitrogen atom.
  • all of A O1 ⁇ A O4 is C-R A, or A O1 be a nitrogen atom, is preferably A O2 ⁇ A O4 is C-R A, A O1 be a nitrogen atom, A O2 ⁇ More preferably, A O4 is C—R A , more preferably A O1 is a nitrogen atom, A O2 to A O4 are C—R A , and R A is all a hydrogen atom.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • the plurality of RA may be the same or different.
  • R A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group composed of an aryl ring (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl ring (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • L O1 is preferably an arylene group, heteroarylene group, aryltriyl group, or heteroaryltriyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a benzenetriyl group, still more preferably a biphenylene group, Or it is a benzenetriyl group.
  • L O1 may have a substituent selected from the aforementioned substituent group A, and the alkyl group, aryl group, or cyano group is preferred as the substituent when it has a substituent. Specific examples of L O1 include the following.
  • n O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3. n O1 is most preferably 3 from the viewpoint of device efficiency, and most preferably 2 from the viewpoint of device durability.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (O-2).
  • R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R O2 to R O4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • a O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different. May be.
  • R O1 and A O1 ⁇ A O4 the general formula (O1) in the same meaning as R O1 and A O1 ⁇ A O4 of, also the same preferable ranges thereof.
  • R 02 to R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). These may have a substituent selected from the aforementioned substituent group A.
  • R 02 to R 04 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 100 ° C. from the viewpoint of stable operation at high temperature storage, stable operation against high temperature driving, and heat generation during driving. It is preferably from ⁇ 300 ° C., more preferably from 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., further preferably from 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., and still more preferably from 140 ° C. to 300 ° C.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A No. 2001-335776. After synthesis, purification by column chromatography, recrystallization, reprecipitation, etc., followed by purification by sublimation is preferred. Not only can organic impurities be separated by sublimation purification, but inorganic salts, residual solvents, moisture, and the like can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is contained in an organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but is contained in a layer on the cathode side adjacent to the light emitting layer. Is preferred.
  • the charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element.
  • Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer.
  • a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer is preferable. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency.
  • the charge transport layer is more preferably a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, or an electron block layer.
  • the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
  • the matters described in paragraph [0165] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
  • the hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant.
  • an electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations.
  • TCNQ tetracyanoquinodimethane
  • F 4 -TCNQ tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane
  • molybdenum oxide and the like.
  • the electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. %, More preferably 0.2% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side.
  • the electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
  • As the electron transport material a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) of the present invention can be used.
  • Other materials include pyridine derivatives, quinoline derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, phthalazine derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, triazine derivatives, triazole derivatives, oxazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, Metal complexes of anthrone derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, naphthalene, perylene, and other aromatic ring tetracarboxylic anhydrides, phthalocyanine derivatives, 8-quinolinol derivatives And metal phthalocyanines, various metal complexes represented by metal complexes with benzoxazole and benzothiazole ligands, It is preferable that a layer
  • the thicknesses of the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are each preferably 500 nm or less from the viewpoint of lowering the driving voltage.
  • the thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant.
  • an electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions.
  • TTF tetrathiafulvalene
  • TTT dithiaimidazole compounds
  • TTT tetrathianaphthacene
  • bis- [1,3 diethyl-2-methyl-1,2-dihydrobenzimidazolyl] lithium, cesium and the like.
  • the electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
  • the hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side.
  • a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
  • organic compounds constituting the hole blocking layer include aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) 4-phenylphenolate (Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4- aluminum complexes such as phenylphenolate (abbreviated as Balq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (2,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-) phenanthroline derivatives such as phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)) and the like.
  • BCP phenanthroline
  • the thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side.
  • an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
  • the thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
  • the protective layer the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
  • the element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
  • the sealing container the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode.
  • a direct current which may include an alternating current component as necessary
  • the driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047.
  • the driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
  • the external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is preferably 7% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and further preferably 12% or more.
  • the value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency around 300 to 400 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%.
  • the element of the present invention can be suitably used for a display element, a display, a backlight, electrophotography, an illumination light source, a recording light source, an exposure light source, a reading light source, a sign, a signboard, an interior, or optical communication.
  • a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance such as a lighting device or a display device.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention.
  • the light emitting device 20 in FIG. 2 includes a transparent substrate (support substrate) 2, an organic electroluminescent element 10, a sealing container 16, and the like.
  • the organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2.
  • a protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween.
  • a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate
  • the adhesive layer 14 a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
  • the use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the illumination device of the present invention.
  • the illumination device 40 of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
  • the light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light.
  • the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31.
  • the transparent substrate 31 for example, a glass substrate can be preferably cited.
  • transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified.
  • the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles known ones can be used.
  • the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is emitted from the light emitting surface 30B. It is emitted as illumination light.
  • Synthesis Example 3 Synthesis of Compound 3 Compound 3 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 3- (3,5-diphenylphenyl) phenylboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
  • Synthesis Example 9 Synthesis of Compound 9 Compound 9 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7 except that 4-p-terphenylboronic acid was replaced with 2-triphenyleneboronic acid in Synthesis Example 7.
  • (C) Device Durability An indication of drive durability is the time required to continue to emit light by applying a DC voltage so that the luminance shown in each example of device creation described below is obtained, and to reduce the luminance to a certain luminance. It was. The larger the number, the better the durability.
  • Element Preparation Example All materials used for element preparation were subjected to sublimation purification, and it was confirmed by high performance liquid chromatography (Tosoh TSKgel ODS-100Z) that the purity (absorption intensity area ratio at 254 nm) was 99.9% or more.
  • the parentheses written next to the headings of the following examples indicate the emission color and which material the compound of the present invention was used.
  • “ETL” means an electron transport material.
  • ⁇ Element creation example 1> (Red host) A glass substrate having a thickness of 0.5 mm and a 2.5 cm square ITO film (manufactured by Geomat Co., Ltd., surface resistance 10 ⁇ / ⁇ ) is placed in a cleaning container, subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in 2-propanol, and then subjected to UV-ozone treatment for 30 minutes. Went. The following organic compound layers were sequentially deposited on the transparent anode (ITO film) by vacuum deposition.
  • ITO film transparent anode
  • First layer LG101: film thickness 10 nm
  • Second layer NPD: film thickness 30 nm
  • Third layer Compound 1 and RD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
  • Fourth layer BAlq: film thickness 5 nm
  • Fifth layer Alq: film thickness 45 nm
  • XNR5516HV ultraviolet curable adhesive
  • First layer CuPc: film thickness 10 nm
  • Second layer NPD: film thickness 25 nm
  • Third layer NPD: film thickness 5 nm
  • Fourth layer Compound 1 and GD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
  • ⁇ Element creation example 4> (Green ETL) A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 25 was obtained. Similarly, by using the material shown in Table 4 as the material of the fifth layer, devices of Examples 26 to 28 and Comparative Examples 12 and 13 were obtained. Efficiency, drive voltage, and durability were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 20. Durability was expressed as a relative value with the element of Example 25 as 1.
  • First layer 2-TNATA and F 4 -TCNQ (mass ratio 99.7: 0.3): film thickness 160 nm
  • Example 5 (Blue ETL) A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 29 was obtained. Similarly, by using the material shown in Table 5 as the material of the fourth layer, devices of Examples 30 to 33 and Comparative Examples 14 and 15 were obtained. The durability was expressed as a relative value with the time taken for the luminance of each element to reach from 1000 cd / m 2 to 500 cd / m 2 , with the element of Example 29 taken as 1. Efficiency and drive voltage were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • First layer CuPc: film thickness 10 nm
  • Second layer TPAC: film thickness 30 nm
  • Third layer mCBP and BD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
  • Fourth layer Compound 1: thickness 5 nm 5th layer: ET-2: film thickness 25 nm
  • an organic electroluminescence device having significantly improved durability compared to a conventional device.
  • a compound useful for producing an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability can be provided.

Abstract

An organic electroluminescent element with significantly improved durability relative to conventional elements using charge transport materials, and a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure and a specific substituent. The organic electroluminescent element comprises, on a substrate, a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, and at least one organic layer including a light-emitting layer positioned between the electrodes, wherein at least one of the organic layers contains at least one kind of compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure and a specific substituent.

Description

有機電界発光素子及びp-ジシアノベンゼン構造を有する化合物Organic electroluminescence device and compound having p-dicyanobenzene structure
 本発明は有機電界発光素子、及びp-ジシアノベンゼン構造を有する化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device and a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure.
 有機電界発光素子(以下、「素子」、「有機EL素子」ともいう)は、低電圧駆動で高輝度の発光が得られることから活発に研究開発が行われている。有機電界発光素子は、一対の電極間に有機層を有し、陰極から注入された電子と陽極から注入された正孔とが有機層において再結合し、生成した励起子のエネルギーを発光に利用するものである。 Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage. An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
 近年、燐光発光材料を用いることにより、素子の高効率化が進んでいる。更なる素子の発光効率の向上及び駆動電圧の低減のため、オルト位に置換基を有するベンゾニトリル系電荷輸送材料を使用した素子が特許文献1に記載されている。
 また素子の駆動電圧の低減、並びに輝度及び耐久性の向上のため、フェニレンに縮合多環芳香族基が2つ以上置換した電荷輸送材料を使用した素子が特許文献2に記載されている。
 しかしながら、これら従来の電荷輸送材料を用いた素子は耐久性が低く、耐久性の大幅な向上が求められている。
In recent years, the use of phosphorescent light emitting materials has led to higher efficiency of devices. Patent Document 1 discloses an element using a benzonitrile-based charge transport material having a substituent at the ortho position for further improving the light emission efficiency of the element and reducing the driving voltage.
In addition, Patent Document 2 discloses an element using a charge transport material in which two or more condensed polycyclic aromatic groups are substituted for phenylene in order to reduce the driving voltage of the element and improve luminance and durability.
However, devices using these conventional charge transport materials have low durability, and a significant improvement in durability is required.
日本国特開2007-266598号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-266598 日本国特開2002-329580号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-329580
 従来の電荷輸送材料を用いた素子は耐久性が低く、耐久性の大幅な向上が求められていた。
 従来の電荷輸送材料を用いた素子が有するこの問題に対し、本発明者らは、p-ジシアノベンゼン構造を有し、かつ特定の置換基を有する化合物を用いることにより、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子が提供されることを見出した。
Devices using conventional charge transport materials have low durability, and a significant improvement in durability has been demanded.
In response to this problem of devices using conventional charge transport materials, the present inventors have greatly improved durability by using a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure and a specific substituent. It has been found that an organic electroluminescent device is provided.
 すなわち、本発明の目的は、従来の電荷輸送材料を用いた素子に対し、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子を提供することである。
 また、本発明の別の目的は、上述の有機電界発光素子に有用な化合物、並びに該化合物を含有する組成物及び薄膜を提供することである。更に、本発明の別の目的は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を含む発光装置、表示装置及び照明装置を提供することである。
That is, an object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability compared to a device using a conventional charge transport material.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound useful for the organic electroluminescence device described above, and a composition and a thin film containing the compound. Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device including the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
 本発明者らの検討によると、p-ジシアノベンゼン構造を有し、かつ特定の置換基を有する化合物を用いることにより、従来の素子に対し、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子が提供されることを見出した。該化合物は、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子の作製に有用である。 According to the study by the present inventors, an organic electroluminescent device having significantly improved durability compared to conventional devices is provided by using a compound having a p-dicyanobenzene structure and a specific substituent. I found out that The compound is useful for producing an organic electroluminescent device having greatly improved durability.
 すなわち、本発明は下記の手段により達成することができる。 That is, the present invention can be achieved by the following means.
〔1〕
 基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に、少なくとも一種類の下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する有機電界発光素子。
[1]
An organic electroluminescent device comprising a substrate and a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes, wherein at least one of the at least one organic layer An organic electroluminescent device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(1)中、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の時、複数のR11~R15は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これらの基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
〔2〕
 前記一般式(1)において、nが2である、上記〔1〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔3〕
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、上記〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
In the general formula (1), R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have
R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
[2]
The organic electroluminescent element according to the above [1], wherein in the general formula (1), n is 2.
[3]
The organic electroluminescent element according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(2)中、R21、R25、R26及びR30はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R21はR22と、R25はR24と、R26はR27と、R30はR29と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R22とR23、R23とR24、R27とR28、及びR28とR29、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これらの基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
〔4〕
 前記一般式(2)において、R21とR26、R22とR27、R23とR28、R24とR29、及びR25とR30、がそれぞれ同一である、上記〔3〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔5〕
 前記発光層に、少なくとも一種類の燐光発光材料を含有する、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔6〕
 前記燐光発光材料が、下記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体である、上記〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
In the general formula (2), R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent. A naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents. R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
[4]
In the above general formula (2), in the above [3], R 21 and R 26 , R 22 and R 27 , R 23 and R 28 , R 24 and R 29 , and R 25 and R 30 are the same. The organic electroluminescent element as described.
[5]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the light emitting layer contains at least one phosphorescent material.
[6]
The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein the phosphorescent material is an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
 BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE1は1~3の整数を表す。
〔7〕
 前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を、前記発光層に含有する、上記〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔8〕
 前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を、前記発光層と前記陰極との間の層に用いる、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔9〕
 上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。
〔10〕
 上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。
〔11〕
 上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。
〔12〕
 下記一般式(1)で表される化合物。
In general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
[7]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer.
[8]
The organic electroluminescence according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is used in a layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. element.
[9]
A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element as described in any one of [1] to [8] above.
[10]
A display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [8] above.
[11]
An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [8] above.
[12]
A compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(1)中、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の時、複数のR11~R15は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
〔13〕
 前記一般式(1)において、nが2である、上記〔12〕に記載の化合物。
〔14〕
 下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、上記〔12〕又は〔13〕に記載の化合物。
In the general formula (1), R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have
R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
[13]
The compound according to [12], wherein in the general formula (1), n is 2.
[14]
The compound according to [12] or [13], which is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(2)中、R21、R25、R26及びR30はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R21はR22と、R25はR24と、R26はR27と、R30はR29と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R22とR23、R23とR24、R27とR28、及びR28とR29、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
〔15〕
 前記一般式(2)において、R21とR26、R22とR27、R23とR28、R24とR29、及びR25とR30、がそれぞれ同一である、上記〔14〕に記載の化合物。
〔16〕
 上記〔12〕~〔15〕のいずれか一項に記載の、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する組成物。
〔17〕
 上記〔12〕~〔15〕のいずれか一項に記載の、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する薄膜。
In the general formula (2), R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent. A naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents. R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
[15]
In the above general formula (2), in the above [14], R 21 and R 26 , R 22 and R 27 , R 23 and R 28 , R 24 and R 29 , and R 25 and R 30 are the same. The described compound.
[16]
A composition comprising the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) according to any one of [12] to [15] above.
[17]
A thin film containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) according to any one of [12] to [15] above.
 本発明によれば、従来の素子に対し、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。また本発明によれば、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子の作製に有用な化合物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device having significantly improved durability compared to a conventional device. In addition, according to the present invention, a compound useful for producing an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability can be provided.
本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る発光装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the light-emitting device which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る照明装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the illuminating device which concerns on this invention.
 本発明において、置換基群A及び置換基群Bを以下のように定義する。
(置換基群A)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、tert-ブチル、n-オクチル、n-デシル、n-ヘキサデシル、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシルなどが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニル、p-メチルフェニル、ナフチル、アントラセニルなどが挙げられる。)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~10であり、例えばアミノ、メチルアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、ジベンジルアミノ、ジフェニルアミノ、ジトリルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメトキシ、エトキシ、ブトキシ、2-エチルヘキシロキシなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、2-ナフチルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルオキシ、ピラジルオキシ、ピリミジルオキシ、キノリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばアセチル、ベンゾイル、ホルミル、ピバロイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセトキシ、ベンゾイルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルホニルアミノ、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~12であり、例えばスルファモイル、メチルスルファモイル、ジメチルスルファモイル、フェニルスルファモイルなどが挙げられる。)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばカルバモイル、メチルカルバモイル、ジエチルカルバモイル、フェニルカルバモイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメチルチオ、エチルチオなどが挙げられる。)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルチオなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルチオ、2-ベンズイミダゾリルチオ、2-ベンズオキサゾリルチオ、2-ベンズチアゾリルチオなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメシル、トシルなどが挙げられる。)、スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルフィニル、ベンゼンスルフィニルなどが挙げられる。)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばウレイド、メチルウレイド、フェニルウレイドなどが挙げられる。)、リン酸アミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばジエチルリン酸アミド、フェニルリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。)、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキサム酸基、スルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、ヘテロ環基(芳香族ヘテロ環基も包含し、好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子であり、具体的にはピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジル、ピリダジニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、イミダゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、キノリル、フリル、チエニル、セレノフェニル、テルロフェニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、モルホリノ、ピロリジル、ピロリジノ、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、カルバゾリル基、アゼピニル基、シロリル基などが挙げられる。)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリル、トリフェニルシリルなどが挙げられる。)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリルオキシ、トリフェニルシリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ホスホリル基(例えばジフェニルホスホリル基、ジメチルホスホリル基などが挙げられる。)が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。
In the present invention, the substituent group A and the substituent group B are defined as follows.
(Substituent group A)
An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl , 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon 6 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, etc.), amino group (preferably 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 carbon atoms) To 20 and particularly preferably 0 to 10 carbon atoms, such as amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dibenzylamino, diphenylamino, ditolylamino, etc.), alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms). More preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, etc.), an aryloxy group (preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 30, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, And aryloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), heterocyclic oxy groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms). For example, pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc.), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms). , Benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy Carbonyl, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably Has 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyloxycarbonyl. ), An acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably 2-30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include acetylamino, benzoylamino and the like, and alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably having 2-2 carbon atoms). 30, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino, etc.), an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino). ), A sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, phenyl Sulfamoyl, etc.), carbamoyl groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, Phenylcarbamoyl etc.), alkylthio group ( Preferably, it has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms). More preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, etc.), a heterocyclic thio group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to carbon atoms). 20, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as pyridylthio, 2-benzimidazolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, 2-benzthiazolylthio, etc.), a sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 carbon atom) To 30, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as mesyl and tosyl). A sulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methanesulfinyl and benzenesulfinyl. ), A ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group ( An aromatic heterocyclic group is also included, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Is, for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like. A silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl). A aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above. Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above. Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
(置換基群B)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、tert-ブチル、n-オクチル、n-デシル、n-ヘキサデシル、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシルなどが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニル、p-メチルフェニル、ナフチル、アントラセニルなどが挙げられる。)、シアノ基、ヘテロ環基(芳香族ヘテロ環基も包含し、好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子であり、具体的にはピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジル、ピリダジニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、イミダゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、キノリル、フリル、チエニル、セレノフェニル、テルロフェニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、モルホリノ、ピロリジル、ピロリジノ、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、カルバゾリル基、アゼピニル基、シロリル基などが挙げられる。)これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、前記置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group B)
An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl , 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon 6 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, etc.), cyano group, heterocyclic group (including aromatic heterocyclic group, Has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Is pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolid Le, benzoimida Ryl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silylyl group, etc.) These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of further substituents include groups selected from the substituent group B. Can do. Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above. Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に、少なくとも一種類の後述の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する。 The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent element having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a luminescent layer between the electrodes on a substrate, wherein the at least one layer At least one of the organic layers contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1).
〔一般式(1)で表される化合物〕
 以下、一般式(1)で表される化合物について説明する。
[Compound represented by the general formula (1)]
Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(1)中、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の時、複数のR11~R15は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
In the general formula (1), R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have
R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
 R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。ここで、形成される置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環は、R11及びR15が置換しているベンゼン環及び、後述のR12とR13、及びR13とR14、とがそれぞれ結合して環を形成する場合には、それらにより形成される環も含んだ全体構造を意味する。
 R11及びR15で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であり、置換基は有さない。R11及びR15で表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~18のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、t-アミル基、s-イソアミル基及びn-ヘキシル基、のいずれかであり、最も好ましくはメチル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、及びt-ブチル基のいずれかである。
R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 may be bonded to R 12 and R 15 may be bonded to R 14 and may have a substituent C. , A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring or a fluorene ring. Here, the naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have the substituent C to be formed is a benzene ring substituted by R 11 and R 15 , and R 12 and R described later. 13 and R 13 and R 14 , when bonded to each other to form a ring, mean the entire structure including the ring formed by them.
The alkyl group represented by R 11 and R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group and has no substituent. The alkyl group represented by R 11 and R 15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a t-amyl group. , S-isoamyl group and n-hexyl group, and most preferably any of methyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group and t-butyl group.
 R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、無置換のナフタレン環、フェニル基で置換されたナフタレン環、無置換のフェナントレン環、無置換のトリフェニレン環、無置換のフルオレン環、若しくはシクロヘキシル基で置換されたフルオレン環を形成することが好ましく、より好ましくは、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、無置換のフェナントレン環を形成することである。 R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to be substituted with an unsubstituted naphthalene ring or a phenyl group. It is preferable to form a naphthylene ring, an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring, an unsubstituted triphenylene ring, an unsubstituted fluorene ring, or a fluorene ring substituted with a cyclohexyl group, and more preferably R 11 and R 15 are each Independently, it represents a hydrogen atom, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring.
 R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。ここで、形成される置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環は、R12、R13及びR14が置換しているベンゼン環及び、前述のR11とR12、及びR15とR14、とがそれぞれ結合して環を形成する場合には、それらにより形成される環も含んだ全体構造を意味する。 R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C. Here, the naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have the substituent C to be formed is a benzene ring substituted by R 12 , R 13 and R 14, and the aforementioned R When 11 and R 12 , and R 15 and R 14 are bonded to each other to form a ring, it means the entire structure including the ring formed by them.
 R12、R13及びR14で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であり、置換基は有さない。R12、R13及びR14で表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~18のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、t-アミル基、s-イソアミル基及びn-ヘキシル基、のいずれかであり、最も好ましくはメチル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、及びt-ブチル基のいずれかである。 The alkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is a linear or branched alkyl group and has no substituent. The alkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 1 carbon atom. And particularly preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, i-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, t One of -amyl group, s-isoamyl group and n-hexyl group, and most preferably one of methyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group and t-butyl group.
 R12、R13及びR14で表されるシクロアルキル基は、置換基は有さない。R12、R13及びR14で表されるシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数5~15のシクロアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数5~10のシクロアルキル基であり、特に好ましくはシクロペンチル基又はシクロヘキシル基である。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 has no substituent. The cycloalkyl group represented by R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably a carbon atom. A cycloalkyl group having a number of 5 to 10, particularly preferably a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
 R12、R13及びR14は好ましくはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、無置換のフェニル基、フェニル基を有するフェニル基、アルキル基を有するフェニル基、シアノ基を有するフェニル基、フェナントレニル基及びシアノ基を有するフェニル基、トリフェニレニル基及びシアノ基を有するフェニル基、シアノ基で置換されたビフェニル基を有するフェニル基、フェニル基で置換されたフェニル基及びシアノ基を有するフェニル基、無置換のナフチル基、無置換のフェナントレニル基、無置換のトリフェニレニル基、アルキル基有するフルオレニル基、又はシアノ基で置換されたターフェニル基を有するフルオレニル基を表すか、或いは、R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、無置換のナフタレン環、フェニル基を有するナフタレン環、無置換のフェナントレン環、シアノ基及びフェニル基で置換されたフェニル基を有するフェナントレン環、無置換のトリフェニレン環、無置換のフルオレン環、アルキル基を有するフルオレン環、シクロアルキル基を有するフルオレン環、又はフェニル基を有するフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 R12、R13及びR14はより好ましくはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、無置換のフェニル基、フェニル基を有するフェニル基、フェナントレニル基及びシアノ基を有するフェニル基、又は無置換のトリフェニレニル基を表すか、或いは、R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、無置換のフェナントレン環、無置換のトリフェニレン環、又はアルキル基を有するフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenyl group, a phenyl group having an alkyl group, or a phenyl having a cyano group. Group, phenyl group having phenanthrenyl group and cyano group, phenyl group having triphenylenyl group and cyano group, phenyl group having biphenyl group substituted by cyano group, phenyl group substituted by phenyl group and phenyl group having cyano group Represents an unsubstituted naphthyl group, an unsubstituted phenanthrenyl group, an unsubstituted triphenylenyl group, a fluorenyl group having an alkyl group, or a fluorenyl group having a terphenyl group substituted with a cyano group, or R 12 and R 13 , And R 13 and R 14 , It has a substituted naphthalene ring, a naphthalene ring having a phenyl group, an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring having a phenyl group substituted with a cyano group and a phenyl group, an unsubstituted triphenylene ring, an unsubstituted fluorene ring, and an alkyl group A fluorene ring, a fluorene ring having a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorene ring having a phenyl group may be formed.
R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenyl group, a phenyl group having a phenanthrenyl group and a cyano group, or an unsubstituted triphenylenyl. R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form an unsubstituted phenanthrene ring, an unsubstituted triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring having an alkyl group. Good.
 nは1、2又は3を表し、製造容易性及び素子の耐久性の観点から、nは2であることが好ましい。nが2の時、一般式(1)に含まれるp-ジシアノベンゼン構造に置換する2つの置換基の置換位置は、2位と3位、2位と5位、又は2位と6位であるが、原料化合物の入手容易性及び耐久性向上の観点から置換位置は2位と5位であることが好ましい。
 nが2の時、一般式(1)に含まれるp-ジシアノベンゼン構造に置換する2つの置換基は対称であることが好ましい。
n represents 1, 2 or 3, and n is preferably 2 from the viewpoints of manufacturability and device durability. When n is 2, the substitution positions of the two substituents substituted into the p-dicyanobenzene structure included in the general formula (1) are the 2-position and 3-position, the 2-position and 5-position, or the 2-position and 6-position. However, the substitution positions are preferably the 2nd and 5th positions from the viewpoint of the availability of the raw material compounds and the improvement of the durability.
When n is 2, the two substituents substituted on the p-dicyanobenzene structure contained in the general formula (1) are preferably symmetrical.
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。置換基Cとしてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述のR12、R13及びR14で表されるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい範囲と同様である。
 置換基Cは、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、又はフェニル基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基、シアノ基、又はフェニル基である。
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C. Specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as the substituent C are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 12 , R 13 and R 14 .
The substituent C is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group.
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、耐久性向上の観点から下記一般式(2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) from the viewpoint of improving durability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(2)中、R21、R25、R26及びR30はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R21はR22と、R25はR24と、R26はR27と、R30はR29と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
 R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R22とR23、R23とR24、R27とR28、及びR28とR29、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
 置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これらの基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
In the general formula (2), R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent. A naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents. R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
 一般式(2)において、R21、R25、R26及びR30の具体例及び好ましい範囲は、一般式(1)におけるR11及びR15の具体例及び好ましい範囲と同様である。
 一般式(2)において、R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29の具体例及び好ましい範囲は、一般式(1)におけるR12、R13及びR14の具体例及び好ましい範囲と同様である。
In the general formula (2), specific examples and preferred ranges of R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of R 11 and R 15 in the general formula (1).
In the general formula (2), specific examples and preferred ranges of R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are the specific examples of R 12 , R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (1). This is the same as the preferred range.
 原料化合物の入手容易性及び合成容易性の観点から、R21とR26、R22とR27、R23とR28、R24とR29、及びR25とR30、がそれぞれ同一であることが好ましい。 R 21 and R 26 , R 22 and R 27 , R 23 and R 28 , R 24 and R 29 , and R 25 and R 30 are the same from the viewpoint of availability of raw material compounds and ease of synthesis. It is preferable.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、炭素原子、水素原子及び窒素原子のみからなる化合物である。これにより素子の耐久性の向上がもたらされる。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is a compound composed of only a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom and a nitrogen atom. Thereby, the durability of the element is improved.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物において、R11及びR15、又はR21、R25、R26及びR30は、水素原子若しくはアルキル基であるか、又は、特定の縮合炭化水素構造を形成する場合に限定される。これら基の置換位置(すなわち、p-ジシアノベンゼン構造に対するベンゼン環のオルト位)に例えばフェニル基が置換した場合、p-ジシアノベンゼン構造を含むオルトターフェニル構造を形成する。このオルトターフェニル構造は励起状態において、電子環状反応の進行により、低T成分(Tは最低励起三重項エネルギー)である環状構造を生じる傾向にあるが、オルトターフェニル構造が一つのみ形成される場合には、一つのオルトターフェニル構造は素子の性能に実質的な悪影響を与えない。しかし、オルトターフェニル構造が複数形成される場合には、低T成分である環状構造の形成傾向が顕著となる。低T成分は発光材料の消光剤として働き、耐久性及び外部量子効率の低下を引き起こしやすいため、フェニル基等のアリール基は、p-ジシアノベンゼン構造に対するベンゼン環のオルト位の置換基として適切ではない。 In the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), R 11 and R 15 , or R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or a specific condensation. It is limited to forming a hydrocarbon structure. When, for example, a phenyl group is substituted at the substitution position of these groups (that is, the ortho position of the benzene ring with respect to the p-dicyanobenzene structure), an orthoterphenyl structure containing the p-dicyanobenzene structure is formed. This orthoterphenyl structure tends to produce a cyclic structure having a low T 1 component (T 1 is the lowest excited triplet energy) by the progress of the electrocyclic reaction in an excited state, but there is only one orthoterphenyl structure. When formed, one orthoterphenyl structure does not have a substantial adverse effect on device performance. However, when a plurality of orthoterphenyl structures are formed, the tendency to form a cyclic structure that is a low T 1 component becomes significant. The low T 1 component acts as a quencher for the light emitting material and tends to cause a decrease in durability and external quantum efficiency. Therefore, an aryl group such as a phenyl group is suitable as a substituent at the ortho position of the benzene ring relative to the p-dicyanobenzene structure. is not.
 同様に一般式(1)又は(2)において、nが4となる本発明の範囲外の化合物は、前述のオルトターフェニル構造を複数有するため、低T成分である環状構造の形成傾向が顕著となり、耐久性及び外部量子効率の低下が引き起こされやすい。従って、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物において、nは1、2又は3であることが、耐久性の向上の観点で有効である。 Similarly, in the general formula (1) or (2), a compound outside the scope of the present invention in which n is 4 has a plurality of the above-described orthoterphenyl structures, and therefore has a tendency to form a cyclic structure that is a low T 1 component. It becomes prominent and tends to cause a decrease in durability and external quantum efficiency. Therefore, in the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), it is effective from the viewpoint of improving the durability that n is 1, 2 or 3.
 一般式(1)又は(2)において、同一ベンゼン環状にシアノ基を3つ以上有すると電子親和力が大きくなり過ぎ、有機EL素子を発光させると外部量子効率の低下、駆動電圧の上昇を引き起こしやすいため好ましくない。 In general formula (1) or (2), if there are three or more cyano groups in the same benzene ring, the electron affinity becomes too large, and if the organic EL device emits light, it tends to cause a decrease in external quantum efficiency and an increase in driving voltage. Therefore, it is not preferable.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の分子量は通常350以上1500以下であり、450以上1200以下であることが好ましく、500以上1100以下であることがより好ましく、600以上1000以下であることが更に好ましい。分子量が450以上であると良質なアモルファス薄膜形成に有利であり、分子量が1200以下であると溶解性や昇華性が向上し、化合物の純度向上に有利である。  The molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is usually 350 or more and 1500 or less, preferably 450 or more and 1200 or less, more preferably 500 or more and 1100 or less, and 600 or more and 1000 or less. More preferably. When the molecular weight is 450 or more, it is advantageous for forming a high-quality amorphous thin film, and when the molecular weight is 1200 or less, the solubility and sublimation property are improved, which is advantageous for improving the purity of the compound. *
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、電子親和力が大きく陰極側からの電子注入性に優れるため発光層又は電子輸送層に含有されることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transporting layer because of its high electron affinity and excellent electron injection from the cathode side.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料や発光層に隣接する層の電荷輸送材料として使用する場合、発光材料より薄膜状態でのエネルギーギャップ(発光材料が燐光発光材料の場合には、薄膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギー)が大きいと、発光がクエンチしてしまうことを防ぎ、効率向上に有利である。一方、化合物の化学的安定性の観点からは、エネルギーギャップ及びTエネルギーは大き過ぎない方が好ましい。
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、2.39eV(55kcal/mol)以上3.51eV(80kcal/mol)以下であることが好ましく、2.52eV(58kcal/mol)以上3.25eV(75kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、2.65eV(61kcal/mol)以上3.04eV(70kcal/mol)以下であることが更に好ましい。特に、発光材料として燐光発光材料を用いる場合には、Tエネルギーが上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is used as a host material of a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescence device or a charge transport material of a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, an energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material (When the light-emitting material is a phosphorescent material, a minimum excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in a thin film state) is advantageous in improving efficiency by preventing quenching of light emission. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical stability of the compound, it is preferable that the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
The T 1 energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 2.39 eV (55 kcal / mol) or more and 3.51 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. More preferably, it is 52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.65 eV (61 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less. In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
 Tエネルギーは、材料の薄膜の燐光発光スペクトルを測定し、その短波長端から求めることができる。例えば、洗浄した石英ガラス基板上に、材料を真空蒸着法により約50nmの膜厚に成膜し、薄膜の燐光発光スペクトルを液体窒素温度下でF-7000日立分光蛍光光度計(日立ハイテクノロジーズ)を用いて測定する。得られた発光スペクトルの短波長側の立ち上がり波長をエネルギー単位に換算することによりTエネルギーを求めることができる。 The T 1 energy can be obtained from the short wavelength end of a phosphorescence emission spectrum of a thin film of material. For example, a material is deposited on a cleaned quartz glass substrate to a thickness of about 50 nm by vacuum deposition, and the phosphorescence emission spectrum of the thin film is measured at F-7000 Hitachi Spectrofluorimeter (Hitachi High Technologies) under liquid nitrogen temperature. Use to measure. The T 1 energy can be obtained by converting the rising wavelength on the short wavelength side of the obtained emission spectrum into energy units.
 有機電界発光素子を高温駆動時や素子駆動中の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は100℃以上400℃以下であることが好ましく、120℃以上400℃以下であることがより好ましく、140℃以上400℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is 100 ° C. or more from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescent device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. It is preferably 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and still more preferably 140 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の純度が低いと、不純物が電荷輸送のトラップとして働いたり、素子の劣化を促進させたりするため、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の純度は高いほど好ましい。純度は例えば高速液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)により測定でき、254nmの光吸収強度で検出したときの一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の面積比は、好ましくは95.0%以上であり、より好ましくは97.0%以上であり、特に好ましくは99.0%以上であり、最も好ましくは99.9%以上である。 When the purity of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is low, impurities work as a charge transport trap or promote the deterioration of the device. Therefore, in the general formula (1) or (2) The higher the purity of the represented compound, the better. The purity can be measured by, for example, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the area ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) when detected with a light absorption intensity of 254 nm is preferably 95.0% or more More preferably, it is 97.0% or more, particularly preferably 99.0% or more, and most preferably 99.9% or more.
 国際公開第2008/117889号に記載のカルバゾール系材料で知られているように、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の水素原子の一部又は全部を重水素原子で置換した材料も好ましく電荷輸送材料として用いることができる。 As known in the carbazole-based material described in WO2008 / 117889, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) are substituted with deuterium atoms. The material is also preferably used as a charge transport material.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に列挙するが、本発明がこれらに限定されることはない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、例えば特開2007-266598等に記載の方法を参照として合成できるがその方法に限定されるものではない。 合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。 The compound exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized with reference to a method described in, for example, JP-A-2007-266598, but is not limited thereto. After the synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
 本発明において、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に含有されてもよい。一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、発光層と陰極との間の層、発光層と陽極との間の層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有されるのが好ましく、発光層、及び発光層と陰極との間の層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有されるのがより好ましく、発光層又は発光層と陰極との間の層に含有されるのが特に好ましい。具体的には、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有されるのがより好ましく、発光層、電子輸送層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有されることが更に好ましく、発光層又は電子輸送層に含有されることが特に好ましい。
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を発光層中に含有させる場合、本発明の一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は発光層の全質量に対して0.1~99質量%含ませることが好ましく、1~97質量%含ませることがより好ましく、10~96質量%含ませることが更に好ましい。一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を発光層以外の層に更に含有させる場合は、該発光層以外の層の全質量に対して70~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、85~100質量%含まれることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the use of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is not limited and may be contained in any layer in the organic layer. As the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), contained in any one or more of the light emitting layer, the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, the layer between the light emitting layer and the anode Preferably, it is contained in one or more of the light emitting layer and the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and more preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. Is particularly preferred. Specifically, the light-emitting layer, the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, the exciton block layer, the charge block layer, or more preferably contained More preferably, it is contained in any one or a plurality of layers and electron transport layers, and particularly preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transport layer.
When the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) of the present invention is 0 with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer. The content is preferably 1 to 99% by mass, more preferably 1 to 97% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 96% by mass. When the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer other than the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 85 to 100% by mass.
〔一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料〕
 本発明は、上記一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料にも関する。上記一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料は、好ましくは上記一般式(2)で表される電荷輸送材料である。
 本発明の一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物及び電荷輸送材料は、電子写真、有機トランジスタ、有機光電変換素子(エネルギー変換用途、センサー用途等)、有機電界発光素子等の有機エレクトロニクス素子に好ましく用いることができ、有機電界発光素子に用いるのが特に好ましい。
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される電荷輸送材料の取りうる構造のうち、好ましい範囲は前記の通りである。
[Charge Transport Material Represented by General Formula (1)]
The present invention also relates to a charge transport material represented by the general formula (1). The charge transport material represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a charge transport material represented by the general formula (2).
The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) and the charge transport material of the present invention are organic materials such as electrophotography, organic transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements (energy conversion applications, sensor applications, etc.), organic electroluminescence elements, and the like. It can be preferably used for an electronic device, and is particularly preferably used for an organic electroluminescent device.
Among the possible structures of the charge transport material represented by the general formula (1) or (2), the preferred range is as described above.
〔一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する組成物〕
 本発明は上記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含む組成物にも関する。本発明の組成物において、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対して30~99質量%であることが好ましく、50~97質量%であることがより好ましく、70~96質量%であることが更に好ましい。本発明の組成物における他に含有しても良い成分としては、有機物でも無機物でもよく、有機物としては、後述するホスト材料、蛍光発光材料、燐光発光材料、炭化水素材料として挙げた材料が適用でき、好ましくはホスト材料、燐光発光材料、炭化水素材料である。
 本発明の組成物は蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法等の湿式製膜法により有機電界発光素子の有機層を形成することができる。
[Composition containing compound represented by general formula (1) or (2)]
The present invention also relates to a composition comprising the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2). In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 30 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition, preferably 50 to 97 More preferably, it is 70% by mass, and still more preferably 70-96% by mass. Other components that may be contained in the composition of the present invention may be organic or inorganic, and as organic materials, materials described as host materials, fluorescent light emitting materials, phosphorescent light emitting materials, and hydrocarbon materials described later can be applied. A host material, a phosphorescent material, and a hydrocarbon material are preferable.
The composition of the present invention can form an organic layer of an organic electroluminescence device by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
〔一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する薄膜〕
 本発明は一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する薄膜にも関する。本発明の薄膜は、本発明の組成物を用いて蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法等の湿式製膜法により形成することができる。薄膜の膜厚は用途によっていかなる厚みでもよいが、好ましくは0.1nm~1mmであり、より好ましくは0.5nm~1μmであり、更に好ましくは1nm~200nmであり、特に好ましくは1nm~100nmである。
[Thin film containing compound represented by general formula (1) or (2)]
The present invention also relates to a thin film containing a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2). The thin film of the present invention can be formed by using the composition of the present invention by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method. The thickness of the thin film may be any thickness depending on the application, but is preferably 0.1 nm to 1 mm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 1 μm, still more preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, and particularly preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. is there.
〔有機電界発光素子〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子について詳細に説明する。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に、少なくとも一種類の上述の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する。発光素子の性質上、一対の電極である陽極及び陰極のうち少なくとも一方の電極は、透明若しくは半透明であることが好ましい。
 有機層としては、発光層以外に、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、ブロック層(正孔ブロック層、励起子ブロック層など)、電子輸送層などが挙げられる。これらの有機層は、それぞれ複数層設けてもよく、複数層設ける場合には同一の材料で形成してもよいし、層毎に異なる材料で形成してもよい。
 図1に、本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示す。図1の有機電界発光素子10は、基板2上に、一対の電極(陽極3と陰極9)の間に発光層6を含む有機層を有する。有機層としては、陽極側3から正孔注入層4、正孔輸送層5、発光層6、正孔ブロック層7及び電子輸送層8がこの順に積層されている。
[Organic electroluminescence device]
The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention will be described in detail.
The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent element having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a luminescent layer between the electrodes on a substrate, wherein the at least one layer At least one of the organic layers contains at least one compound represented by the above general formula (1). In view of the properties of the light-emitting element, at least one of the pair of electrodes, the anode and the cathode, is preferably transparent or translucent.
Examples of the organic layer include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a block layer (such as a hole block layer and an exciton block layer), and an electron transport layer in addition to the light emitting layer. A plurality of these organic layers may be provided, and when a plurality of layers are provided, they may be formed of the same material, or may be formed of different materials for each layer.
In FIG. 1, an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention is shown. The organic electroluminescent element 10 of FIG. 1 has an organic layer including a light emitting layer 6 between a pair of electrodes (anode 3 and cathode 9) on a substrate 2. As the organic layer, a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7 and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order from the anode side 3.
<有機層の構成>
 前記有機層の層構成としては、特に制限はなく、有機電界発光素子の用途、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、前記透明電極上に又は前記半透明電極上に形成されるのが好ましい。この場合、有機層は、前記透明電極又は前記半透明電極上の前面又は一面に形成される。
 有機層の形状、大きさ、及び厚み等については、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。
<Structure of organic layer>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a layer structure of the said organic layer, Although it can select suitably according to the use and objective of an organic electroluminescent element, It is formed on the said transparent electrode or the said semi-transparent electrode. preferable. In this case, the organic layer is formed on the front surface or one surface of the transparent electrode or the semitransparent electrode.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular about the shape of a organic layer, a magnitude | size, thickness, etc., According to the objective, it can select suitably.
 具体的な層構成として、下記が挙げられるが本発明はこれらの構成に限定されるものではない。
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/陰極、
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極、
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極、
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極、
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極、
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極。
 有機電界発光素子の素子構成、基板、陰極及び陽極については、例えば、特開2008-270736号公報に詳述されており、該公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
Specific examples of the layer configuration include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these configurations.
Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport layer / cathode,
Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode,
Anode / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode,
Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode,
Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode,
Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode.
The element configuration, the substrate, the cathode, and the anode of the organic electroluminescence element are described in detail in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736, and the matters described in the publication can be applied to the present invention.
<基板>
 本発明で使用する基板としては、有機層から発せられる光を散乱又は減衰させない基板であることが好ましい。有機材料の場合には、耐熱性、寸法安定性、耐溶剤性、電気絶縁性、及び加工性に優れていることが好ましい。
<陽極>
 陽極は、通常、有機層に正孔を供給する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。前述のごとく、陽極は、通常透明陽極として設けられる。
<陰極>
 陰極は、通常、有機層に電子を注入する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。
<Board>
The substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer. In the case of an organic material, it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
<Anode>
The anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials. As described above, the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
<Cathode>
The cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element. The electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
<有機層>
 本発明における有機層について説明する。
<Organic layer>
The organic layer in the present invention will be described.
(有機層の形成)
 本発明の有機電界発光素子において、各有機層は、蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法、スピンコート法、バーコート法等の溶液塗布法のいずれによっても好適に形成することができる。有機層の少なくとも1層が溶液塗布法により形成されることが好ましい。
(Formation of organic layer)
In the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, each organic layer is preferably formed by any of dry film forming methods such as vapor deposition and sputtering, and solution coating methods such as transfer, printing, spin coating, and bar coating. Can be formed. It is preferable that at least one of the organic layers is formed by a solution coating method.
(発光層)
 発光層は、電界印加時に、陽極、正孔注入層又は正孔輸送層から正孔を受け取り、陰極、電子注入層又は電子輸送層から電子を受け取り、正孔と電子の再結合の場を提供して発光させる機能を有する層である。本発明の有機電界発光素子における発光層は、少なくとも一種類の蛍光発光材料又は燐光発光材料を含有し、少なくとも一種類の燐光発光材料を含有することが外部量子収率の向上の観点で好ましい。
(Light emitting layer)
The light emitting layer receives holes from the anode, hole injection layer or hole transport layer and receives electrons from the cathode, electron injection layer or electron transport layer when an electric field is applied, and provides a field for recombination of holes and electrons. And a layer having a function of emitting light. The light emitting layer in the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains at least one kind of fluorescent light emitting material or phosphorescent light emitting material, and preferably contains at least one kind of phosphorescent light emitting material from the viewpoint of improving the external quantum yield.
(発光材料)
 本発明では、発光層に含有される少なくとも一種類の蛍光発光材料又は燐光発光材料に加えて、発光材料として、発光層に含有される蛍光発光材料や燐光発光材料とは異なる蛍光発光材料や燐光発光材料を用いることができる。
 これら蛍光発光材料や燐光発光材料については、例えば、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号[0100]~[0164]、特開2007-266458号公報の段落番号[0088]~[0090]に詳述されており、これら公報の記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Luminescent material)
In the present invention, in addition to at least one type of fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer, as the light-emitting material, a fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescence different from the fluorescent light-emitting material or phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer is used. A light emitting material can be used.
Details of these fluorescent materials and phosphorescent materials are described in, for example, paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
 本発明に使用できる燐光発光材料としては、例えば、US6303238B1、US6097147、WO00/57676、WO00/70655、WO01/08230、WO01/39234A2、WO01/41512A1、WO02/02714A2、WO02/15645A1、WO02/44189A1、WO05/19373A2、特開2001-247859、特開2002-302671、特開2002-117978、特開2003-133074、特開2002-235076、特開2003-123982、特開2002-170684、EP1211257、特開2002-226495、特開2002-234894、特開2001-247859、特開2001-298470、特開2002-173674、特開2002-203678、特開2002-203679、特開2004-357791、特開2006-256999、特開2007-19462、特開2007-84635、特開2007-96259等の特許文献に記載の燐光発光化合物などが挙げられ、中でも、更に好ましい発光材料としては、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、Cu錯体、Re錯体、W錯体、Rh錯体、Ru錯体、Pd錯体、Os錯体、Eu錯体、Tb錯体、Gd錯体、Dy錯体、及びCe錯体等の燐光発光性金属錯体化合物が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体であり、中でも金属-炭素結合、金属-窒素結合、金属-酸素結合、金属-硫黄結合の少なくとも一つの配位様式を含むIr錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体が好ましい。更に、発光効率、駆動耐久性、色度等の観点で、Ir錯体、Pt錯体が特に好ましく、Ir錯体が最も好ましい。
 これら燐光発光性金属錯体化合物は、発光層において、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物と共に含有されるのが好ましい。
Examples of phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123684, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No. 2002 -226495, JP 2002-234894, JP 2001-247859, JP 2001-298470, JP 2002-17367 , JP-A-2002-203678, JP-A-2002-203679, JP-A-2004-357799, JP-A-2006-256999, JP-A-2007-19462, JP-A-2007-84635, JP-A-2007-96259, etc. Examples of such a light emitting material include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, Tb complex, Gd. Examples include phosphorescent metal complex compounds such as complexes, Dy complexes, and Ce complexes. Particularly preferred is an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex, among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
These phosphorescent metal complex compounds are preferably contained in the light emitting layer together with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2).
 本発明における発光層に含有される燐光発光材料としては、以下に示す一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体、又は以下の一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体を用いることが好ましい。 As the phosphorescent material contained in the light emitting layer in the present invention, an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1) or a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1) is used. It is preferable.
 一般式(E-1)について説明する。 The general formula (E-1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
 BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE1は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 nE1は1~3の整数を表し、好ましくは2又は3である。
 Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z及びZとして好ましくは炭素原子である。
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably carbon atoms.
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。A、Z及び窒素原子を含む5又は6員のヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環などが挙げられる。
 錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点から、A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環として好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラジン環であり、更に好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環であり、最も好ましくはピリジン環である。
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom. The 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom includes a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole Ring, thiadiazole ring and the like.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control, and emission quantum yield, the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, or a pyrazole. A ring, more preferably a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring and a pyrazine ring, still more preferably a pyridine ring and an imidazole ring, and most preferably a pyridine ring.
 前記A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。 The 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by the A 1 , Z 1 and the nitrogen atom may have a substituent, and as the substituent on the carbon atom, the substituent group A is on the nitrogen atom. The substituent group B can be applied as the substituent. Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
 置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、短波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、フッ素原子、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また長波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばシアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。 The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable. For example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected. In the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or the like is selected.
 窒素上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。
 前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。これら形成される環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述の炭素原子上の置換基、窒素原子上の置換基が挙げられる。
The substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
 BはZと炭素原子を含む5又は6員環を表す。B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。
 錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点からB、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環として好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環である。
B 1 represents a 5- or 6-membered ring containing Z 2 and a carbon atom. Examples of the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, Examples include a triazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the benzene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole is preferable as the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and carbon atom. A ring and a thiophene ring, more preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferably a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
 前記B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。 The 5- or 6-membered ring formed of B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a nitrogen atom as the substituent on the carbon atom. As the above, the substituent group B can be applied. Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
 置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、長波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また短波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばフッ素原子、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。 The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected. In order to shorten the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
 窒素上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。これら形成される環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述の炭素原子上の置換基、窒素原子上の置換基が挙げられる。
 また前記A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環の置換基と、前記B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環の置換基とが連結して、前述と同様の縮合環を形成していてもよい。
The substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
In addition, a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic substituent formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom and a 5- or 6-membered substituent formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom are linked. Then, the same condensed ring as described above may be formed.
 (X-Y)で表される配位子としては、従来公知の金属錯体に用いられる種々の公知の配位子があるが、例えば、「Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds」Springer-Verlag社 H.Yersin著 1987年発行、「有機金属化学-基礎と応用-」裳華房社 山本明夫著 1982年発行等に記載の配位子(例えば、ハロゲン配位子(好ましくは塩素配位子)、含窒素ヘテロアリール配位子(例えば、ビピリジル、フェナントロリンなど)、ジケトン配位子(例えば、アセチルアセトンなど)が挙げられる。
 (X-Y)で表される配位子としては下記一般式(l-1)~(l-14)が好ましいが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Examples of the ligand represented by (XY) include various known ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes. For example, “Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” Springer-Verlag H. Published by Yersin in 1987, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-” The ligands described in Akio Yamamoto's book published by Akio Yamamoto in 1982, etc. (for example, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands (for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.), diketone ligands (for example, acetylacetone, etc.) can be mentioned.
The ligands represented by (XY) are preferably the following general formulas (l-1) to (1-14), but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 *は一般式(E-1)におけるイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。Rx、Ry及びRzはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。 * Represents the coordination position to iridium in the general formula (E-1). Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Rx、Ry及びRzが置換基を表す場合、該置換基としては前記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。好ましくは、Rx、Rzはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子、フェニル基である。Ryは好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくは水素原子、メチル基のいずれかである。これら配位子は素子中で電荷を輸送したり励起によって電子が集中する部位ではないと考えられるため、Rx、Ry、Rzは化学的に安定な置換基であれば良く、本発明の効果にも影響を及ぼさない。錯体合成が容易であるため好ましくは(I-1)、(I-4)、(I-5)であり、最も好ましくは(I-1)である。これらの配位子を有する錯体は、対応する配位子前駆体を用いることで公知の合成例と同様に合成できる。例えば国際公開2009-073245号46ページに記載の方法と同様に、市販のジフルオロアセチルアセトンを用いて以下に示す方法で合成する事ができる。
 (X-Y)で表される配位子として好ましくは、ジケトン類あるいはピコリン酸誘導体であり、錯体の安定性と高い発光効率が得られる観点から以下に示されるアセチルアセトネート(acac)であることが最も好ましい。
When Rx, Ry, and Rz represent a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A. Preferably, Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred. Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are considered not to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect. Since complex synthesis is easy, (I-1), (I-4) and (I-5) are preferred, and (I-1) is most preferred. Complexes having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors. For example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
The ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid derivative, and is acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency. Most preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 *はイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。 * Represents the coordination position to iridium.
 一般式(E-1)で表されるIr錯体の好ましい態様は、一般式(E-2)で表されるIr錯体である。 A preferred embodiment of the Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is an Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(E-2)中、AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE2は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-2), A E1 to A E8 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環としては、前述の一般式(E-1)において述べた縮合環と同様のものが挙げられる。Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。
 AE1~AE4として好ましくはC-Rであり、AE1~AE4がC-Rである場合に、AE3のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はフッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子、又はフッ素原子であり、AE1、AE2及びAE4のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はフッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子である。
A E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E. R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R E may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include the same ring as the condensed ring described in the general formula (E-1). Examples of the substituent represented by R E, we are the same as those mentioned above substituent group A.
Preferred as A E1 ~ A E4 is C-R E, if A E1 ~ A E4 is C-R E, preferably a hydrogen atom R E of A E3, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, An alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. And R E of A E1 , A E2 and A E4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 AE5~AE8として好ましくはC-Rであり、AE5~AE8がC-Rである場合に、Rとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルキルオキシ基、シアノ基、又はフッ素原子であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基、又はフッ素原子であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はフッ素原子である。また可能な場合は置換基同士が連結して縮環構造を形成してもよい。発光波長を短波長側にシフトさせる場合、AE6が窒素原子であることが好ましい。
 (X-Y)、及びnE2は一般式(E-1)における(X-Y)、及びnE1と同義であり好ましい範囲も同様である。
A E5 to A E8 are preferably C—R E , and when A E5 to A E8 are C—R E , R E is preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, aromatic A heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkyloxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a dialkylamino group, a cyano group, Or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a fluorine atom. If possible, the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure. When the emission wavelength is shifted to the short wavelength side, A E6 is preferably a nitrogen atom.
(X-Y), and n E2 of the general formula in (E1) (X-Y) , and has the same meaning as n E1 preferable ranges are also the same.
 前記一般式(E-2)で表される化合物のより好ましい形態は、下記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物である。 A more preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(E-3)中、RT1、RT2、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6及びRT7は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 AはCR’又は窒素原子を表し、R’は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。これらのうち、RT1とRT7、又はRT5とRT6で縮環してベンゼン環を形成する場合が好ましく、RT5とRT6で縮環してベンゼン環を形成する場合が特に好ましい。
 置換基Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、モノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。nE3は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-3), R T1 , R T2 , R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 and R T7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further a substituent Z may be included. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
A represents CR ′ or a nitrogen atom, and R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O ) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl. The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. Among these, a case where a ring is condensed with R T1 and R T7 , or R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is preferable, and a case where a ring is condensed with R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
The substituents Z are each independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C ( O) represents N (R ″) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ″, —SO 2 R ″, or —SO 3 R ″, and each R ″ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand. n E3 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 アルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるシクロアルキル基として、好ましくは環員数4~7のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数5~6のシクロアルキル基であり、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルケニル基としては好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、1-イソプロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルキニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばエチニル、プロパルギル、1-プロピニル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The alkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, i-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The cycloalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, A cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.
The alkenyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, vinyl, allyl, Examples include 1-propenyl, 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
The alkynyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, ethynyl, propargyl , 1-propynyl, 3-pentynyl and the like.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるペルフルオロアルキル基は、前述のアルキル基の全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置き換えられたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ include those in which all the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a naphthyl group.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5~8のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロアリール基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、フリル基、ベンゾフリル基、チエニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基、ピペラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、チアゾリニル基、スルホラニル基、カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフリル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、7ピリドインドリル基などが挙げられる。好ましい例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、イミダゾリル基、チエニル基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group. Groups such as pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furyl, benzofuryl , Thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzisothiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group , Lens benzisoxazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a thiazolinyl group, a sulfolanyl group, a carbazolyl group, a dibenzofuryl group, dibenzothienyl group, such as 7 pyrido-indolyl group. Preferred examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, imidazolyl group, and thienyl group, and more preferred are pyridyl group and pyrimidinyl group.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、フルオロ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロ基、アリール基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フルオロ基、シアノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 R T1 to R T7 and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoro group, and an aryl group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group are more preferable. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’は任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。形成されるシクロアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリールの定義及び好ましい範囲はRT1~RT7、及びR’で定義したシクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基と同じである。
 またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT1~RT7、及びR’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で、残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT1~RT7、及びR’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で、残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましい。
Any two of R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. The definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R T1 to R T7 and R ′.
Further, it is particularly preferable that A represents CR ′, and among R T1 to R T7 and R ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T1 to R T7 , And R ′ are particularly preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 nE3は2又は3であることが好ましい。錯体中の配位子の種類は1~2種類から構成されることが好ましく、更に好ましくは1種類である。錯体分子内に反応性基を導入する際には合成容易性という観点から配位子が2種類からなることも好ましい。
 (X-Y)は、一般式(E-1)における(X-Y)と同義であり好ましい範囲も同様である。
n E3 is preferably 2 or 3. The type of ligand in the complex is preferably composed of 1 to 2 types, more preferably 1 type. When introducing a reactive group into the complex molecule, it is also preferred that the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
(XY) has the same meaning as (XY) in formula (E-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 前記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物の好ましい形態の一つは、下記一般式(E-4)で表される化合物である。 One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(E-4)におけるRT1~RT4、A、(X-Y)及びnE4は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT4、A、(X-Y)及びnE3と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R’~R’はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R’~R’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 また、R’~R’における好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’と同様である。またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT1~RT4、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT1~RT4、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E4 in the general formula (E-4) are R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3). The preferred range is also the same. R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any one of R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
Further, preferred ranges for R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3). Particularly preferably, A represents CR ′, and 0 to 2 of R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. , R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 前記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(E-5)で表される化合物である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(E-5)におけるRT2~RT6、A、(X-Y)及びnE5は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT2~RT6、A、(X-Y)及びnE3と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R’~R’はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RT5、RT6、R’~R’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 また、R’~R’における好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’と同様である。またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT2~RT6、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT2~RT6、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E5 in the general formula (E-5) are R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3). The preferred range is also the same. R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
R T5 , R T6 , R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ may be combined with each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or It is a heteroaryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
In addition, preferred ranges for R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3). Particularly preferably, A represents CR ′, and among R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. , R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(E-4)又は(E-5)で表される燐光発光材料を用いる場合、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、発光層又は電子輸送層に含有されることが好ましい。 When the phosphorescent material represented by the general formula (E-4) or (E-5) is used, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transporting layer.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(E-6)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(E-6)中、R1a~R1kは、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R1a~R1kは、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、モノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE6は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-6), R 1a to R 1k each independently represent a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any two of R 1a to R 1k may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E6 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 一般式(E-6)において、R1a~R1kの好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’におけるものと同様である。またR1a~R1kのうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、R1a~R1kのうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
 R1jとR1kとが連結し単結合を形成する場合が特に好ましい。
 (X-Y)、及びnE6の好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)における(X-Y)、及びnE3と同様である。
In the general formula (E-6), preferred ranges of R 1a to R 1k are the same as those in R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in the general formula (E-3). Further, it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is an atom.
The case where R 1j and R 1k are linked to form a single bond is particularly preferable.
The preferred range of (XY) and n E6 is the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
 一般式(E-6)で表される化合物のより好ましい形態は、下記一般式(E-7)で表される場合である。 A more preferable form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-6) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 一般式(E-7)中、R1a~R1iは、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R1a~R1iは、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基であり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、モノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE7は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-7), R 1a to R 1i are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cyano group, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any one of R 1a to R 1i may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E7 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 一般式(E-7)中、R1a~R1iの定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(E-6)におけるR1a~R1iと同様である。またR1a~R1iのうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はアリール基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましい。(X-Y)、及びnE7の定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(E-3)における(X-Y)、及びnE3と同様である。 In the formula (E-7), definition and preferable ranges of R 1a ~ R 1i are the same as R 1a ~ R 1i in the formula (E-6). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. The definitions and preferred ranges of (XY) and n E7 are the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
 一般式(E-6)又は(E-7)で表される燐光発光材料を用いる場合、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、発光層又は電子輸送層に含有されることが好ましい。 When the phosphorescent material represented by the general formula (E-6) or (E-7) is used, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transport layer.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に列挙するが、以下に限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、特開2009-99783号公報に記載の方法や、米国特許7279232号等に記載の種々の方法で合成できる。合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。 The compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A, various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232 and the like. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は、発光層に含有されることが好ましいが、その用途が限定されることはなく、更に有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is preferably contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited, and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer. .
 発光層中の一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は,発光層中に一般的に発光層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%含有されるが、耐久性、外部量子効率の観点から1質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、2質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) in the light emitting layer is generally contained in the light emitting layer in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the light emitting layer. From the viewpoint of durability and external quantum efficiency, the content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
 燐光発光材料として用いることができる白金錯体として好ましくは、下記一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体である。 The platinum complex that can be used as the phosphorescent material is preferably a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、Q、Q、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立にPtに配位する配位子を表す。L、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the formula, Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt. L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group. Represents.)
 一般式(C-1)について説明する。Q、Q、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立にPtに配位する配位子を表す。この時、Q、Q、Q及びQとPtの結合は、共有結合、イオン結合、配位結合などいずれであっても良い。Q、Q、Q及びQ中のPtに結合する原子としては、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子が好ましく、Q、Q、Q及びQ中のPtに結合する原子の内、少なくとも一つが炭素原子であることが好ましく、二つが炭素原子であることがより好ましく、二つが炭素原子で、二つが窒素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 炭素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、アニオン性の配位子でも中性の配位子でもよく、アニオン性の配位子としてはビニル配位子、芳香族炭化水素環配位子(例えばベンゼン配位子、ナフタレン配位子、アントラセン配位子、フェナントレン配位子など)、ヘテロ環配位子(例えばフラン配位子、チオフェン配位子、ピリジン配位子、ピラジン配位子、ピリミジン配位子、ピリダジン配位子、トリアジン配位子、チアゾール配位子、オキサゾール配位子、ピロール配位子、イミダゾール配位子、ピラゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(例えばキノリン配位子、ベンゾチアゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。中性の配位子としてはカルベン配位子が挙げられる。
 窒素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としては含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子(ピリジン配位子、ピラジン配位子、ピリミジン配位子、ピリダジン配位子、トリアジン配位子、イミダゾール配位子、ピラゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子、オキサゾール配位子、チアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(例えばキノリン配位子、ベンゾイミダゾール配位子など))、アミン配位子、ニトリル配位子、イミン配位子が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アミノ配位子、イミノ配位子、含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子(ピロール配位子、イミダゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(例えはインドール配位子、ベンゾイミダゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。
 酸素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはエーテル配位子、ケトン配位子、エステル配位子、アミド配位子、含酸素ヘテロ環配位子(フラン配位子、オキサゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(ベンゾオキサゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アルコキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子などが挙げられる。
 硫黄原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはチオエーテル配位子、チオケトン配位子、チオエステル配位子、チオアミド配位子、含硫黄ヘテロ環配位子(チオフェン配位子、チアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(ベンゾチアゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アルキルメルカプト配位子、アリールメルカプト配位子、ヘテロアリールメルカプト配位子などが挙げられる。
 リン原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはホスフィン配位子、リン酸エステル配位子、亜リン酸エステル配位子、含リンヘテロ環配位子(ホスフィニン配位子など)が挙げられ、アニオン性の配位子としては、ホスフィノ配位子、ホスフィニル配位子、ホスホリル配位子などが挙げられる。
 Q、Q、Q及びQで表される基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適宜適用できる。また置換基同士が連結していても良い(QとQが連結した場合、環状四座配位子のPt錯体になる)。
The general formula (C-1) will be described. Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt. At this time, the bond between Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 and Pt may be any of a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, and the like. As an atom couple | bonded with Pt in Q < 1 >, Q < 2 >, Q < 3 > and Q < 4 >, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q < 1 >, Q < 2 >, Q < 3 > and Q < 4 > Of the atoms bonded to Pt, at least one is preferably a carbon atom, more preferably two are carbon atoms, particularly preferably two are carbon atoms and two are nitrogen atoms.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt by a carbon atom may be an anionic ligand or a neutral ligand, and the anionic ligand is a vinyl ligand, Aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand (eg benzene ligand, naphthalene ligand, anthracene ligand, phenanthrene ligand etc.), heterocyclic ligand (eg furan ligand, thiophene ligand, pyridine) Ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, thiazole ligand, oxazole ligand, pyrrole ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole And a condensed ring containing them (for example, quinoline ligand, benzothiazole ligand, etc.). A carbene ligand is mentioned as a neutral ligand.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and as neutral ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic hetero Ring ligand (pyridine ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole ligand, oxazole ligand, Examples include thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (for example, quinoline ligands, benzimidazole ligands), amine ligands, nitrile ligands, and imine ligands. Examples of anionic ligands include amino ligands, imino ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligands (pyrrole ligands, imidazole ligands, triazole ligands, and condensed rings containing them) (For example, indole ligand, benzimidazole ligand, etc.)).
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands are ether ligands, Examples include ketone ligands, ester ligands, amide ligands, oxygen-containing heterocyclic ligands (furan ligands, oxazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (benzoxazole ligands, etc.)). It is done. Examples of the anionic ligand include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and the like.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include thioether ligands, Examples include thioketone ligands, thioester ligands, thioamide ligands, sulfur-containing heterocyclic ligands (thiophene ligands, thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (such as benzothiazole ligands)). It is done. Examples of the anionic ligand include an alkyl mercapto ligand, an aryl mercapto ligand, and a heteroaryl mercapto ligand.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a phosphorus atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include phosphine ligands, Examples include phosphate ester ligands, phosphite ester ligands, and phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ligands (phosphinin ligands, etc.). Anionic ligands include phosphino ligands and phosphinyl ligands. And phosphoryl ligands.
The groups represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3, and Q 4 may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other (when Q 3 and Q 4 are connected, a Pt complex of a cyclic tetradentate ligand is formed).
 Q、Q、Q及びQで表される基として好ましくは、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、アルキルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子であり、より好ましくは、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子であり、更に好ましくは炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子である。 The group represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom. A nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom, an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and more Preferably, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt by a carbon atom, an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt by a carbon atom, a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt by a nitrogen atom , An acyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom Containing Pt Containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand, an acyloxy ligand.
 L、L及びLは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。L、L及びLで表される二価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(メチレン、エチレン、プロピレンなど)、アリーレン基(フェニレン、ナフタレンジイル)、ヘテロアリーレン基(ピリジンジイル、チオフェンジイルなど)、イミノ基(-NR-)(フェニルイミノ基など)、オキシ基(-O-)、チオ基(-S-)、ホスフィニデン基(-PR-)(フェニルホスフィニデン基など)、シリレン基(-SiR’-)(ジメチルシリレン基、ジフェニルシリレン基など)、又はこれらを組み合わせたものが挙げられる。ここで、R及びR’は各々独立してアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。これらの連結基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 錯体の安定性及び発光量子収率の観点から、L、L及びLとして好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、イミノ基、オキシ基、チオ基、シリレン基であり、より好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、イミノ基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基であり、更に好ましくは、単結合、メチレン基、フェニレン基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、ジ置換のメチレン基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、ジメチルメチレン基、ジエチルメチレン基、ジイソブチルメチレン基、ジベンジルメチレン基、エチルメチルメチレン基、メチルプロピルメチレン基、イソブチルメチルメチレン基、ジフェニルメチレン基、メチルフェニルメチレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基、シクロペンタンジイル基、フルオレンジイル基、フルオロメチルメチレン基である。
 Lは特に好ましくはジメチルメチレン基、ジフェニルメチレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基であり、最も好ましくはジメチルメチレン基である。
 L及びLとして最も好ましくは単結合である。
L 1 , L 2 and L 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 include alkylene groups (methylene, ethylene, propylene, etc.), arylene groups (phenylene, naphthalenediyl), heteroarylene groups (pyridinediyl, thiophenediyl, etc.) ), Imino group (—NR L —) (such as phenylimino group), oxy group (—O—), thio group (—S—), phosphinidene group (—PR L —) (such as phenylphosphinidene group), silylene (-SiR L R L '-) ( dimethylsilylene group, a diphenylsilylene group), or the like combinations thereof. Here, R L and R L ′ each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. These linking groups may further have a substituent.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex and the emission quantum yield, L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an imino group, an oxy group, a thio group or a silylene group. More preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group or an imino group, still more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or an arylene group, still more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or a phenylene group, still more preferably. Single bond, disubstituted methylene group, more preferably single bond, dimethylmethylene group, diethylmethylene group, diisobutylmethylene group, dibenzylmethylene group, ethylmethylmethylene group, methylpropylmethylene group, isobutylmethylmethylene group, diphenyl Methylene group, methylphenylmethylene group, cyclohexanediyl group, A lopentanediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, and a fluoromethylmethylene group.
L 1 is particularly preferably a dimethylmethylene group, a diphenylmethylene group, or a cyclohexanediyl group, and most preferably a dimethylmethylene group.
L 2 and L 3 are most preferably a single bond.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましくは下記一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1), a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式中、L21は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。A21、A22はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z21、Z22はそれぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z23、Z24はそれぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。) (In the formula, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A 21 and A 22 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring. Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
 一般式(C-2)について説明する。L21は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-2) will be described. L 21 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A21、A22はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。A21、A22の内、少なくとも一方は炭素原子であることが好ましく、A21、A22が共に炭素原子であることが、錯体の安定性の観点及び錯体の発光量子収率の観点から好ましい。 A 21 and A 22 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Of A 21, A 22, Preferably, at least one is a carbon atom, it A 21, A 22 are both carbon atoms are preferred from the standpoint of emission quantum yield stability aspects and complexes of the complex .
 Z21、Z22は、それぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z21、Z22で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環などが挙げられる。錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点から、Z21、Z22で表される環として好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、特に好ましくはピリジン環である。 Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle. Examples of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 include a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, Examples include thiadiazole rings. From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the ring represented by Z 21 and Z 22 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring or a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring. , An imidazole ring and a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and particularly preferably a pyridine ring.
 前記Z21、Z22で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素原子上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、短波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、フッ素原子、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また長波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばシアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。窒素原子上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a carbon atom, and the substituent on a nitrogen atom is The substituent group B can be applied. The substituent on the carbon atom is preferably an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom. The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable. For example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected. Further, when the wavelength is increased, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected. The substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
 Z23、Z24は、それぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z23、Z24で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点からZ23、Z24で表される環として好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環である。 Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represent a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Examples of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 include pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadi Examples include an azole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring. From the viewpoint of stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the ring represented by Z 23 and Z 24 is preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, or a thiophene ring, More preferred are a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
 前記Z23、Z24で表されるベンゼン環、含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、長波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また短波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばフッ素原子、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。窒素原子上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。 The benzene ring and nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 may have a substituent. As the substituent on the carbon atom, the substituent group A is substituted on the nitrogen atom. The substituent group B can be applied as the group. Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms. The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected. For shortening the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected. The substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
 一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-4)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2), one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(一般式(C-4)中、A401~A414はそれぞれ独立にC-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L41は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the general formula (C-4), A 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. To express.)
 一般式(C-4)について説明する。
 A401~A414はそれぞれ独立にC-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。
 A401~A406として好ましくはC-Rであり、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していても良い。A401~A406がC-Rである場合に、A402、A405のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、フッ素原子である。A401、A403、A404、A406のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子である。
 L41は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
The general formula (C-4) will be described.
A 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
As the substituent represented by R, those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
A 401 to A 406 are preferably C—R, and Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring. When A 401 to A 406 are C—R, R in A 402 and A 405 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. More preferably a hydrogen atom, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. R in A 401 , A 403 , A 404 and A 406 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an amino group. Group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group and a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
L 41 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A407~A414としては、A407~A410とA411~A414のそれぞれにおいて、N(窒素原子)の数は、0~2が好ましく、0~1がより好ましい。発光波長を短波長側にシフトさせる場合、A408及びA412のいずれかが窒素原子であることが好ましく、A408とA412が共に窒素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 A407~A414がC-Rを表す場合に、A408、A412のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルキル基、アリール基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子、フェニル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、シアノ基である。A407、A409、A411、A413のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、特に好ましく水素原子、フェニル基、フッ素原子である。A410、A414のRとして好ましくは水素原子、フッ素原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。A407~A409、A411~A413のいずれかがC-Rを表す場合に、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していても良い。
As A 407 to A 414 , in each of A 407 to A 410 and A 411 to A 414 , the number of N (nitrogen atoms) is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1. When shifting the emission wavelength to the short wavelength side, either A 408 or A 412 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and both A 408 and A 412 are more preferably nitrogen atoms.
When A 407 to A 414 represent C—R, R in A 408 and A 412 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, A cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group or a cyano group. R in A 407 , A 409 , A 411 and A 413 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably Of these, a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, and a fluorine atom are particularly preferable. R in A 410 and A 414 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. When any of A 407 to A 409 and A 411 to A 413 represents CR, Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-5)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2), one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-5).
 (一般式(C-5)中、A501~A512は、それぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L51は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the general formula (C-5), A 501 to A 512 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 51 represents a single bond or a divalent linkage. Represents a group.)
 一般式(C-5)について説明する。A501~A506及びL51は、前記一般式(C-4)におけるA401~A406及びL41と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-5) will be described. A 501 to A 506 and L 51 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 406 and L 41 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512は、それぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512がC-Rである場合に、Rとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルキルオキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子である。また可能な場合は置換基同士が連結して、縮環構造を形成してもよい。A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512のうち少なくとも一つは窒素原子であることが好ましく、特にA510又はA507が窒素原子であることが好ましい。 A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 each independently represent C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent represented by R, those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied. When A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 are CR , R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, Dialkylamino group, diarylamino group, alkyloxy group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, dialkylamino group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, fluorine atom. Further, when possible, substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure. At least one of A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and particularly preferably A 510 or A 507 is a nitrogen atom.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい別の態様は下記一般式(C-6)で表される白金錯体である。 Among the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1), another more preferable embodiment is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 (式中、L61は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。A61はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z61、Z62はそれぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z63はそれぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。) (In the formula, L 61 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A 61 independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 61 and Z 62 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring. Z 63 independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and Y is an anionic acyclic ligand bonded to Pt.)
 一般式(C-6)について説明する。L61は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-6) will be described. L 61 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A61は炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。錯体の安定性の観点及び錯体の発光量子収率の観点からA61は炭素原子であることが好ましい。 A 61 represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. In view of the stability of the complex and the light emission quantum yield of the complex, A 61 is preferably a carbon atom.
 Z61、Z62は、それぞれ前記一般式(C-2)におけるZ21、Z22と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Z63は、前記一般式(C-2)におけるZ23と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 Z 61 and Z 62 are synonymous with Z 21 and Z 22 in the general formula (C-2), respectively, and preferred ranges thereof are also the same. Z 63 has the same meaning as Z 23 in formula (C-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
 YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。非環状配位子とはPtに結合する原子が配位子の状態で環を形成していないものである。Y中のPtに結合する原子としては、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子が好ましく、窒素原子、酸素原子がより好ましく、酸素原子が最も好ましい。
 炭素原子でPtに結合するYとしてはビニル配位子が挙げられる。窒素原子でPtに結合するYとしてはアミノ配位子、イミノ配位子が挙げられる。酸素原子でPtに結合するYとしては、アルコキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子、カルボキシル配位子、リン酸配位子、スルホン酸配位子などが挙げられる。硫黄原子でPtに結合するYとしては、アルキルメルカプト配位子、アリールメルカプト配位子、ヘテロアリールメルカプト配位子、チオカルボン酸配位子などが挙げられる。
 Yで表される配位子は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適宜適用できる。また置換基同士が連結していても良い。
Y is an anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt. An acyclic ligand is one in which atoms bonded to Pt do not form a ring in the form of a ligand. As an atom couple | bonded with Pt in Y, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are preferable, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom are more preferable, and an oxygen atom is the most preferable.
A vinyl ligand is mentioned as Y couple | bonded with Pt by a carbon atom. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom include an amino ligand and an imino ligand. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, a carboxyl ligand, a phosphate ligand, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid ligands. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom include alkyl mercapto ligands, aryl mercapto ligands, heteroaryl mercapto ligands, and thiocarboxylic acid ligands.
The ligand represented by Y may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other.
 Yで表される配位子として好ましくは酸素原子でPtに結合する配位子であり、より好ましくはアシルオキシ配位子、アルキルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子であり、更に好ましくはアシルオキシ配位子である。 The ligand represented by Y is preferably a ligand bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom, more preferably an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand. , A silyloxy ligand, and more preferably an acyloxy ligand.
 一般式(C-6)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-7)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-6), one of more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式中、A701~A710は、それぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L71は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。) (Wherein A 701 to A 710 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, L 71 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Y represents An anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.)
 一般式(C-7)について説明する。L71は、前記一般式(C-6)中のL61と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。A701~A710は一般式(C-4)におけるA401~A410と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Yは一般式(C-6)におけるYと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-7) will be described. L 71 has the same meaning as L 61 in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same. A 701 to A 710 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 410 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same. Y has the same meaning as Y in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体として具体的には、特開2005-310733号公報の〔0143〕~〔0152〕、〔0157〕~〔0158〕、〔0162〕~〔0168〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-256999号公報の〔0065〕~〔0083〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-93542号公報の〔0065〕~〔0090〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-73891号公報の〔0063〕~〔0071〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-324309号公報の〔0079〕~〔0083〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-93542号公報の〔0065〕~〔0090〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-96255号公報の〔0055〕~〔0071〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-313796号公報の〔0043〕~〔0046〕が挙げられ、その他以下に例示する白金錯体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the platinum complex represented by the general formula (C-1) include [0143] to [0152], [0157] to [0158], and [0162] to [0168] of JP-A-2005-310733. The compounds described in JP-A-2006-256999, [0065] to [0083], the compounds described in JP-A-2006-93542, [0065] to [0090], JP-A-2007-73891 Nos. [0063] to [0071] in Japanese Patent Publication No. JP-A-2007-324309, Nos. [0079] to [0083] in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-324309, No. [0065] to [0090] in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-93542 Compounds described in JP-A-2007-96255, compounds described in [0055] to [0071], JP-A-2006-313796 [0043] include - [0046], platinum complexes exemplified other following can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体化合物は、例えば、Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786,(1988)、G.R.Newkome et al.)の、789頁、左段53行~右段7行に記載の方法、790頁、左段18行~38行に記載の方法、790頁、右段19行~30行に記載の方法及びその組み合わせ、Chemische Berichte 113,2749(1980)、H.Lexyほか)の、2752頁、26行~35行に記載の方法等、種々の手法で合成できる。
 例えば、配位子、又はその解離体と金属化合物を溶媒(例えば、ハロゲン系溶媒、アルコール系溶媒、エーテル系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、ケトン系溶媒、ニトリル系溶媒、アミド系溶媒、スルホン系溶媒、スルホキサイド系溶媒、水などが挙げられる)の存在下、若しくは、溶媒非存在下、塩基の存在下(無機、有機の種々の塩基、例えば、ナトリウムメトキシド、t-ブトキシカリウム、トリエチルアミン、炭酸カリウムなどが挙げられる)、若しくは、塩基非存在下、室温以下、若しくは加熱し(通常の加熱以外にもマイクロウェーブで加熱する手法も有効である)得ることができる。
Examples of the platinum complex compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786, (1988), G.S. R. Newkome et al. ), Page 789, method described in left column 53 to right column 7, line 790, method described in left column 18 to 38, method 790, method described in right column 19 to 30 and The combination, Chemische Berichte 113, 2749 (1980), H.C. Lexy et al.), Page 2752, lines 26 to 35, and the like.
For example, a ligand or a dissociated product thereof and a metal compound are mixed with a solvent (for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent, In the presence of a sulfoxide solvent, water, etc., or in the absence of a solvent, in the presence of a base (inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.) Or in the absence of a base, at room temperature or below, or by heating (in addition to normal heating, a method of heating with a microwave is also effective).
 本発明の発光層における一般式(C-1)で表される化合物の含有量は発光層中1~30質量%であることが好ましく、3~25質量%であることがより好ましく、5~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by formula (C-1) in the light emitting layer of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is 20 mass%.
 発光層の厚さは、特に限定されるものではないが、通常、2nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、中でも、外部量子効率の観点で、3nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、5nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
 本発明の素子における発光層は、発光材料のみで構成されていてもよく、ホスト材料と発光材料の混合層とした構成でもよい。発光材料の種類は一種類であっても二種類以上であっても良い。ホスト材料は電荷輸送材料であることが好ましい。ホスト材料は一種類であっても二種類以上であってもよく、例えば、電子輸送性のホスト材料とホール輸送性のホスト材料を混合した構成が挙げられる。更に、発光層中に電荷輸送性を有さず、発光しない材料を含んでいてもよい。
 また、発光層は一層であっても二層以上の多層であってもよく、それぞれの層に同じ発光材料やホスト材料を含んでもよいし、層毎に異なる材料を含んでもよい。発光層が複数の場合、それぞれの発光層が異なる発光色で発光してもよい。
The light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may be composed of only a light emitting material, or may be a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material. There may be one kind of luminescent material, or two or more kinds. The host material is preferably a charge transport material. The host material may be one type or two or more types, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed. Furthermore, the light emitting layer may contain a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
Further, the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers, and each layer may contain the same light emitting material or host material, or each layer may contain a different material. When there are a plurality of light emitting layers, each of the light emitting layers may emit light with different emission colors.
(ホスト材料)
 ホスト材料とは、発光層において主に電荷の注入、輸送を担う化合物であり、また、それ自体は実質的に発光しない化合物のことである。ここで「実質的に発光しない」とは、該実質的に発光しない化合物からの発光量が好ましくは素子全体での全発光量の5%以下であり、より好ましくは3%以下であり、更に好ましくは1%以下であることを言う。
 ホスト材料としては、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を用いることができる。
(Host material)
The host material is a compound mainly responsible for charge injection and transport in the light emitting layer, and itself is a compound that does not substantially emit light. Here, “substantially does not emit light” means that the amount of light emitted from the compound that does not substantially emit light is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less of the total amount of light emitted from the entire device. Preferably it says 1% or less.
As the host material, a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be used.
 その他の本発明に用いることのできるホスト材料としては、例えば、以下の化合物を挙げることができる。
 ピロール、インドール、カルバゾール、アザインドール、アザカルバゾール、トリアゾール、オキサゾール、オキサジアゾール、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、フラン、ベンゾフラン、ジベンゾフラン、チオフェン、ベンゾチオフェン、ジベンゾチオフェン、ポリアリールアルカン、ピラゾリン、ピラゾロン、フェニレンジアミン、アリールアミン、アミノ置換カルコン、スチリルアントラセン、フルオレノン、ヒドラゾン、スチルベン、シラザン、芳香族第三級アミン化合物、スチリルアミン化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、ポリシラン系化合物、ポリ(N-ビニルカルバゾール)、アニリン系共重合体、チオフェンオリゴマー、ポリチオフェン等の導電性高分子オリゴマー、有機シラン、カーボン膜、ピリジン、ピリミジン、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾ-ル、オキサゾ-ル、オキサジアゾ-ル、フルオレノン、アントラキノジメタン、アントロン、ジフェニルキノン、チオピランジオキシド、カルボジイミド、フルオレニリデンメタン、ジスチリルピラジン、フッ素置換芳香族化合物、ナフタレン、ペリレン等の複素環テトラカルボン酸無水物、フタロシアニン、8-キノリノ-ル誘導体の金属錯体やメタルフタロシアニン、ベンゾオキサゾ-ルやベンゾチアゾ-ルを配位子とする金属錯体に代表される各種金属錯体及びそれらの誘導体(置換基や縮環を有していてもよい)等を挙げることができる。
Examples of other host materials that can be used in the present invention include the following compounds.
Pyrrole, indole, carbazole, azaindole, azacarbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, benzofuran, dibenzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, dibenzothiophene, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, aryl Amine, amino-substituted chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styrylamine compound, porphyrin compound, polysilane compound, poly (N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer , Conductive polymer oligomer such as thiophene oligomer, polythiophene, organosilane, carbon film, pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, Midazole, pyrazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazol, fluorenone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenylquinone, thiopyran dioxide, carbodiimide, fluorenylidenemethane, distyrylpyrazine, fluorine-substituted aromatic compound, Various metal complexes typified by metal complexes of heterocyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as naphthalene and perylene, metal complexes of phthalocyanine and 8-quinolinol derivatives, metal phthalocyanine, benzoxazole and benzothiazole And derivatives thereof (which may have a substituent or a condensed ring).
 本発明において、併用することができるホスト材料としては、正孔輸送性ホスト材料であっても、電子輸送性ホスト材料であってもよい。
 本発明において、前記発光層が、ホスト材料を含むことが好ましい。前記ホスト材料は一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物、又は下記一般式(4-1)若しくは(4-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 本発明においては、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を発光層と陰極の間の有機層(好ましくは電子輸送層)に含有する場合、発光層に一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物の少なくとも1つ以上を含むことが好ましい。
In the present invention, the host material that can be used in combination may be a hole transporting host material or an electron transporting host material.
In the present invention, the light emitting layer preferably contains a host material. The host material is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), or a compound represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2).
In the present invention, when the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the organic layer (preferably the electron transport layer) between the light emitting layer and the cathode, the light emitting layer has the general formula (4-1). Or at least one of the compounds represented by (4-2).
 本発明において、一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物が発光層に含有される場合、一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物は発光層中に30~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、40~100質量%含まれることがより好ましく、50~100質量%含まれることが特に好ましい。また、一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物を、複数の有機層に用いる場合はそれぞれの層において、上記の範囲で含有することが好ましい。 In the present invention, when the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is The light emitting layer preferably contains 30 to 100% by mass, more preferably 40 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 100% by mass. In addition, when the compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is used in a plurality of organic layers, it is preferable that each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
 一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物は、いずれかの有機層に、一種類のみを含有していてもよく、複数の一般式(4-1)又は(4-2)で表される化合物を任意の割合で組み合わせて含有していてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (4-1) or (4-2) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and a plurality of general formulas (4-1) or (4) The compound represented by -2) may be contained in combination at any ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 (一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)中、d、eは0~3の整数を表し、少なくとも一方は1以上である。fは1~4の整数を表す。R’はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表し、d、e、fが2以上である場合R’は互いに異なっていても同じでも良い。また、R’の少なくとも1つは下記一般式(5)で表されるカルバゾール基を表す。) (In the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2), d and e each represent an integer of 0 to 3, at least one of which is 1 or more, f represents an integer of 1 to 4. R ′ 8 is Each independently represents a substituent, and when d, e and f are 2 or more, R ′ 8 may be different or the same, and at least one of R ′ 8 is represented by the following general formula (5). Represents a carbazole group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(一般式(5)中、R’はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表す。gは0~8の整数を表す。) (In general formula (5), R ′ 9 each independently represents a substituent. G represents an integer of 0 to 8.)
 R’はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表し、具体的にはハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、又は一般式(5)で表される置換基である。R’が一般式(5)を表さない場合、好ましくは炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数10以下の置換又は無置換のアリール基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数6以下のアルキル基である。 R ′ 8 independently represents a substituent, specifically, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a substituent represented by the general formula (5) It is. When R ′ 8 does not represent the general formula (5), it is preferably an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. It is.
 R’はそれぞれ独立に置換基を表し、具体的にはハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基であり、好ましくは炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数10以下の置換又は無置換のアリール基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数6以下のアルキル基である。
 gは0~8の整数を表し、電荷輸送を担うカルバゾール骨格を遮蔽しすぎない観点から0~4が好ましい。また、合成容易さの観点から、カルバゾールが置換基を有する場合、窒素原子に対し、対称になるように置換基を持つものが好ましい。
R ′ 9 each independently represents a substituent, specifically a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, preferably an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
g represents an integer of 0 to 8 and is preferably 0 to 4 from the viewpoint of not shielding too much the carbazole skeleton responsible for charge transport. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, when carbazole has a substituent, those having a substituent so as to be symmetric with respect to the nitrogen atom are preferable.
 一般式(4-1)において、電荷輸送能を保持する観点で、dとeの和は2以上であることが好ましい。また、他方のベンゼン環に対しR’がメタで置換することが好ましい。その理由として、オルト置換では隣り合う置換基の立体障害が大きいため結合が開裂しやすく、耐久性が低くなる。また、パラ置換では分子形状が剛直な棒状へと近づき、結晶化しやすくなるため高温条件での素子劣化が起こりやすくなる。具体的には以下の構造で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下に示す構造中のR’及びgは、前記一般式(5)におけるR’及びgと同義である。 In general formula (4-1), the sum of d and e is preferably 2 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the charge transport ability. Further, R ′ 8 is preferably substituted with meta for the other benzene ring. The reason for this is that in ortho substitution, the steric hindrance between adjacent substituents is large, so that the bond is easily cleaved, and the durability is lowered. In addition, in para substitution, the molecular shape approaches a rigid rod shape and is easily crystallized, so that element degradation is likely to occur under high temperature conditions. Specifically, a compound represented by the following structure is preferable. R of structure shown below '9 and g, R in the formula (5)' is synonymous with 9 and g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(4-2)において、電荷輸送能を保持する観点で、fは2以上であることが好ましい。fが2又は3の場合、同様の観点からR’が互いにメタで置換することが好ましい。具体的には以下の構造で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下に示す構造中のR’及びgは、前記一般式(5)におけるR’及びgと同義である。 In the general formula (4-2), f is preferably 2 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the charge transport ability. When f is 2 or 3, it is preferable that R ′ 8 is substituted with meta from the same viewpoint. Specifically, a compound represented by the following structure is preferable. R in the structure shown below '9 and g, R in the formula (5)' is synonymous with 9 and g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)が水素原子を有する場合、水素の同位体(重水素原子等)も含む。この場合化合物中の全ての水素原子が水素同位体に置き換わっていてもよく、また一部が水素同位体を含む化合物である混合物でもよい。好ましくは一般式(5)におけるR’が重水素によって置換されたものであり、特に好ましくは以下の構造が挙げられる。 When the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) have a hydrogen atom, an isotope of hydrogen (such as a deuterium atom) is also included. In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used. Preferably, R ′ 9 in the general formula (5) is substituted with deuterium, and the following structures are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 更に置換基を構成する原子は、その同位体も含んでいることを表す。 In addition, the atoms constituting the substituents also include their isotopes.
 一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)で表される化合物は、種々の公知の合成法を組み合わせて合成することが可能である。最も一般的には、カルバゾール化合物に関してはアリールヒドラジンとシクロヘキサン誘導体との縮合体のアザーコープ転位反応の後、脱水素芳香族化による合成(L.F.Tieze,Th.Eicher著、高野、小笠原訳、精密有機合成、339頁(南江堂刊))が挙げられる。また、得られたカルバゾール化合物とハロゲン化アリール化合物のパラジウム触媒を用いるカップリング反応に関してはテトラヘドロン・レターズ39巻617頁(1998年)、同39巻2367頁(1998年)及び同40巻6393頁(1999年)等に記載の方法が挙げられる。反応温度、反応時間については特に限定されることはなく、前記文献に記載の条件が適用できる。また、mCPなどのいくつかの化合物は市販されているものを好適に用いることができる。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods. Most commonly, carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo). Regarding the coupling reaction of the obtained carbazole compound and halogenated aryl compound using a palladium catalyst, Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40: 6393 (1999) and the like. The reaction temperature and reaction time are not particularly limited, and the conditions described in the above literature can be applied. Some compounds such as mCP that are commercially available can be suitably used.
 本発明において、一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)で表される化合物は、真空蒸着プロセスで薄層を形成することが好ましいが、溶液塗布などのウェットプロセスも好適に用いることが出来る。化合物の分子量は、蒸着適性や溶解性の観点から2000以下であることが好ましく、1200以下であることがより好ましく、800以下であることが特に好ましい。また蒸着適性の観点では、分子量が小さすぎると蒸気圧が小さくなり、気相から固相への変化がおきず、有機層を形成することが困難となるので、250以上が好ましく、300以上が特に好ましい。 In the present invention, the compounds represented by the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) preferably form a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating is also preferably used. I can do it. The molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred.
 一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)は、以下に示す構造若しくはその水素原子が1つ以上重水素原子で置換された化合物であることが好ましい。以下に示す構造中のR’は、前記一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)におけるR’と同義であり、R’は、前記一般式(5)におけるR’と同義である。 The general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) are preferably the following structures or compounds in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with deuterium atoms. R in the structure shown below '8, the formula (4-1) and (4-2) R' in the same meaning as 8, R '9 is R in the formula (5)' and 9 It is synonymous.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 以下に、本発明における一般式(4-1)及び(4-2)で表される化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (4-1) and (4-2) in the present invention are illustrated below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 発光層において、前記ホスト材料の三重項最低励起エネルギー(Tエネルギー)が、前記燐光発光材料のTエネルギーより高いことが色純度、発光効率、駆動耐久性の点で好ましい。ホスト材料のTが燐光発光材料のTより0.1eV以上大きいことが好ましく、0.2eV以上大きいことがより好ましく、0.3eV以上大きいことが更に好ましい。
 ホスト材料のTが燐光発光材料のTより小さいと発光を消光してしまうためホスト材料には燐光発光材料より大きなTが求められる。また、ホスト材料のTが燐光発光材料より大きい場合でも、両者のT差が小さい場合には一部、燐光発光材料からホスト材料への逆エネルギー移動が起こるため、効率低下や耐久性低下の原因となる。従って、Tが十分に大きく、化学的安定性及びキャリア注入・輸送性の高いホスト材料が求められている。
In the light emitting layer, the triplet lowest excitation energy (T 1 energy) of the host material is preferably higher than the T 1 energy of the phosphorescent light emitting material in terms of color purity, light emission efficiency, and driving durability. It is preferable T 1 is greater 0.1eV higher than the T 1 of the phosphorescent material of the host material, more preferably at least 0.2eV higher, and further preferably more than 0.3eV large.
T 1 of the host material is a large T 1 is obtained from the phosphorescent material to the host material for thereby quench T 1 is less than the light emission of the phosphorescent material. Even if the T 1 of the host material is larger than the phosphorescent light emitting material, if the difference in T 1 between the two is small, the reverse energy transfer from the phosphorescent light emitting material to the host material occurs in part, resulting in a decrease in efficiency and durability. Cause. Therefore, there is a demand for a host material having a sufficiently large T 1 and high chemical stability and carrier injection / transport properties.
 また、本発明におけるホスト化合物の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、発光効率、駆動電圧の観点から、発光層を形成する全化合物質量に対して15質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましい。発光層に、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含む複数種類のホスト化合物を含む場合、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は全ホスト化合物中50質量%以上99質量%以下であることが好ましい。 Further, the content of the host compound in the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of light emission efficiency and driving voltage, it is 15% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total compound mass forming the light emitting layer. Preferably there is. When the light emitting layer contains a plurality of types of host compounds including the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is 50 mass in the total host compounds. % Or more and 99% by mass or less is preferable.
〔一般式(M-1)で表される化合物〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、前記一対の電極が陽極を含み、前記発光層と該陽極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層に少なくとも一種類の下記一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (M-1)]
In the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, the pair of electrodes preferably includes an anode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, and the organic layer includes at least one general formula shown below. The compound represented by (M-1) is preferably contained.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は発光層と陽極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層に含有されることがより好ましいが、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。本発明にかかる一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有することができる。
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物が含有される、発光層と陽極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層は正孔輸送層であることがより好ましい。
The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, but its use is not limited, and It may be further contained in any of these layers. As the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) according to the present invention, a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block It can be contained in any or a plurality of layers.
The organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode and containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably a hole transport layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 一般式(M-1)中、Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立してアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリール、アリールアミノ、アルキルアミノ、モルホリノ、チオモルホリノ、N、O、及びSから選択される1以上のヘテロ原子を含有する5若しくは6員へテロシクロアルキル又はシクロアルキルを表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。またAr及びArは、単結合、アルキレン、若しくはアルケニレン(縮合環の有無を問わない)により互いに結合して、縮合5~9員環を形成してもよい。
 Arはアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリール、アリールアミノを表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 pは1~4の整数であり、pが2以上のときAr及びArはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
In General Formula (M-1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently one or more selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylamino, alkylamino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, N, O, and S It represents a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing a hetero atom, and may further have a substituent Z. Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be bonded to each other by a single bond, alkylene, or alkenylene (with or without a condensed ring) to form a condensed 5- to 9-membered ring.
Ar 3 represents alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or arylamino, and may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
p is an integer of 1 to 4, and when p is 2 or more, Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(M-2)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 一般式(M-2)中、RM1はアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RM2~RM23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミノ基、シリル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
In general formula (M-2), R M1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
R M2 to R M23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a silyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom.
 一般式(M-2)中、RM1はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基Zを有していても良い。RM1として好ましくは、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくはアリール基である。RM1のアリール基が置換基を有する場合の好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基が挙げられ、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基、シアノ基、又はアリール基が更に好ましい。RM1のアリール基は、好ましくは置換基Zを有していてもよいフェニル基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基又はシアノ基を有していてもよいフェニル基である。 In general formula (M-2), R M1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). Which may have the aforementioned substituent Z. R M1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably an aryl group. Preferred substituents when the aryl group of R M1 has a substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an aryl group are more preferable. An alkyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R M1 is preferably a phenyl group that may have a substituent Z, and more preferably a phenyl group that may have an alkyl group or a cyano group.
 RM2~RM23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~24)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数0~18)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、又はフッ素原子を表し、これらは前述の置換基Zを有していても良い。 R M2 to R M23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms), Alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms), silyl group (preferably having 0 to 18 carbon atoms), cyano Represents a group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom, and these may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
 RM2、RM7、RM8、RM15、RM16及びRM23として好ましくは、水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM4、RM5、RM11、RM12、RM19及びRM20として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又はフッ素原子であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM3、RM6、RM9、RM14、RM17及びRM22として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM10、RM13、RM18及びRM21として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基若しくはアミノ基、ニトロ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、ニトロ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基である。アルキル基が置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、フッ素原子が好ましく、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基の炭素数は好ましくは1~6であり、より好ましくは1~4である。
R M2 , R M7 , R M8 , R M15 , R M16 and R M23 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent Z, more preferably a hydrogen atom. .
R M4 , R M5 , R M11 , R M12 , R M19, and R M20 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is an atom.
R M3 , R M6 , R M9 , R M14 , R M17 and R M22 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, and more A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
R M10 , R M13 , R M18 and R M21 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a substituent Z, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or an amino group, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group More preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having a substituent Z, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, still more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent Z. It is an alkyl group that may be present. When the alkyl group has a substituent, the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom, and the alkyl group which may have the substituent Z preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. is there.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(M-3)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 一般式(M-3)中、RS1~RS5はそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。複数のRS1~RS5が存在するとき、それらは互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 aは0~4の整数を表し、複数のRS1が存在するとき、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。b~eはそれぞれ独立に0~5の整数を表し、それぞれ複数のRS2~RS5が存在するとき、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよく、任意の2つが結合し環を形成してもよい。
 qは1~5の整数であり、qが2以上のとき複数のRS1は同一でも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
In the general formula (M-3), R S1 to R S5 are each independently an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) represents R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. When a plurality of R S1 to R S5 are present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further have a substituent Z.
a represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R S1 are present, they may be the same or different and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. b to e each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of R S2 to R S5 , they may be the same or different, and any two may combine to form a ring. Good.
q is an integer of 1 to 5, and when q is 2 or more, a plurality of R S1 may be the same or different, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 アルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RS1~RS5で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RS1~RS5で表されるシクロアルキル基として、好ましくは環員数4~7のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数5~6のシクロアルキル基であり、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1~RS5で表されるアルケニル基としては好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、1-イソプロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。
 RS1~RS5で表されるアルキニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばエチニル、プロパルギル、1-プロピニル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The alkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group. , I-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The cycloalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group. Groups and the like.
The alkenyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, Examples include 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
The alkynyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl , 3-pentynyl and the like.
 RS1~RS5で表されるペルフルオロアルキル基は、前述のアルキル基の全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置き換えられたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 include those in which all hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
 RS1~RS5で表されるアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a biphenyl group, and a terphenyl group.
 RS1~RS5で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5~8のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロアリール基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、フリル基、ベンゾフリル基、チエニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基、ピペラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、チアゾリニル基、スルホラニル基、カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフリル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ピリドインドリル基などが挙げられる。好ましい例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、イミダゾリル基、チエニル基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, For example, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, triazinyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, phthalazinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, pyrrolyl group, indolyl group, furyl group, benzofuryl group, thienyl group, Benzothienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benziso Kisazoriru group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a thiazolinyl group, a sulfolanyl group, a carbazolyl group, a dibenzofuryl group, dibenzothienyl group, a pyrido-indolyl group. Preferred examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, imidazolyl group, and thienyl group, and more preferred are pyridyl group and pyrimidinyl group.
 RS1~RS5として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、フルオロ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロ基、アリール基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フルオロ基、シアノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基が好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基がより好ましい。 R S1 to R S5 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, fluoro group and aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable.
 RS1~RS5は任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。形成されるシクロアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリールの定義及び好ましい範囲はRS1~RS5で定義したシクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基と同じである。 Any one of R S1 to R S5 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. The definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R S1 to R S5 .
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を、正孔輸送層中で用いる場合は、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は50~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、80~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、95~100質量%含まれることが特に好ましい。
 また、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を、複数の有機層に用いる場合はそれぞれの層において、上記の範囲で含有することが好ましい。
When the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is used in the hole transport layer, the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 50 to 100% by mass, The content is preferably 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by mass.
In addition, when the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is used in a plurality of organic layers, it is preferable that each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、いずれかの有機層に、一種類のみを含有していてもよく、複数の一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を任意の割合で組み合わせて含有していてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and the compound represented by the plurality of general formulas (M-1) You may contain in combination.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を含む正孔輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、3nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、5nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。また、該正孔輸送層は発光層に接して設けられている事が好ましい。
 該正孔輸送層は、上述した材料の一種類又は二種類以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
The thickness of the hole transport layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm. Further preferred. The hole transport layer is preferably provided in contact with the light emitting layer.
The hole transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the materials described above, or a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギーは2.52eV(58kcal/mol)以上3.47eV(80kcal/mol)以下であることが好ましく、2.60eV(60kcal/mol)以上3.25eV(75kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、2.69eV(62kcal/mol)以上3.04eV(70kcal/mol)以下であることが更に好ましい The lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.47 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. It is more preferably 2.60 eV (60 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.69 eV (62 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less.
 一般式(M-1)を構成する水素原子は、水素の同位体(重水素原子等)も含む。この場合化合物中の全ての水素原子が水素同位体に置き換わっていてもよく、また一部が水素同位体を含む化合物である混合物でもよい。 The hydrogen atom constituting the general formula (M-1) includes hydrogen isotopes (such as deuterium atoms). In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、種々の公知の合成法を組み合わせて合成することが可能である。最も一般的には、カルバゾール化合物に関してはアリールヒドラジンとシクロヘキサン誘導体との縮合体のアザーコープ転位反応の後、脱水素芳香族化による合成(L.F.Tieze,Th.Eicher著、高野、小笠原訳、精密有機合成、339頁(南江堂刊))が挙げられる。また、得られたカルバゾール化合物とハロゲン化アリール化合物のパラジウム触媒を用いるカップリング反応に関してはテトラヘドロン・レターズ39巻617頁(1998年)、同39巻2367頁(1998年)及び同40巻6393頁(1999年)等に記載の方法が挙げられる。反応温度、反応時間については特に限定されることはなく、前記文献に記載の条件が適用できる。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods. Most commonly, carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo). Regarding the coupling reaction of the obtained carbazole compound and halogenated aryl compound using a palladium catalyst, Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40: 6393 (1999) and the like. The reaction temperature and reaction time are not particularly limited, and the conditions described in the above literature can be applied.
 本発明の一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、真空蒸着プロセスで薄層を形成することが好ましいが、溶液塗布などのウェットプロセスも好適に用いることが出来る。化合物の分子量は、蒸着適性や溶解性の観点から2000以下であることが好ましく、1200以下であることがより好ましく、800以下であることが特に好ましい。また蒸着適性の観点では、分子量が小さすぎると蒸気圧が小さくなり、気相から固相への変化がおきず、有機層を形成することが困難となるので、250以上が好ましく、300以上が特に好ましい。  The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) of the present invention is preferably formed into a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating can also be suitably used. The molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred. *
 以下に、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明がこれらに限定されることはない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
〔芳香族炭化水素化合物〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、前記一対の電極が陰極を含み、前記発光層と該陰極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層に芳香族炭化水素化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物は、発光層と陰極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層に含有されることがより好ましいが、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。本発明にかかる芳香族炭化水素化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有することができる。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物が含有される、発光層と陰極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層は電荷ブロック層又は電子輸送層であることが好ましく、電子輸送層であることがより好ましい。
[Aromatic hydrocarbon compounds]
In the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, the pair of electrodes preferably includes a cathode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer includes an aromatic hydrocarbon compound. It is preferable to do.
The aromatic hydrocarbon compound is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its use is not limited, and any of the organic layers may be further added. It may be contained. As the introduction layer of the aromatic hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention, any one or more of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, and a charge block layer are used. It can contain.
The organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode and containing the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and more preferably an electron transporting layer.
 芳香族炭化水素化合物は合成容易さの観点から炭素原子と水素原子のみからなることが好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物を発光層以外の層に含有させる場合は、70~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、85~100質量%含まれることがより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素化合物を発光層に含有させる場合は、発光層の全質量に対して0.1~99質量%含ませることが好ましく、1~95質量%含ませることがより好ましく、10~95質量%含ませることがより好ましい。
 炭素原子と水素原子のみからなり、分子量が400~1200の範囲にあり、総炭素数13~22の縮合多環骨格を有する炭化水素化合物を用いることが好ましい。総炭素数13~22の縮合多環骨格としては、フルオレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、テトラセン、クリセン、ペンタセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレンのいずれかであることが好ましく、Tの観点からフルオレン、トリフェニレン、フェナントレンがより好ましく、化合物の安定性、電荷注入・輸送性の観点からトリフェニレンが更に好ましく、一般式(Tp-1)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
The aromatic hydrocarbon compound preferably comprises only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
When the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, more preferably 85 to 100% by mass. When the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably 1 to 95% by weight, based on the total weight of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include the mass%.
It is preferable to use a hydrocarbon compound having only a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, and a condensed polycyclic skeleton having a total carbon number of 13 to 22. The condensed polycyclic skeleton having 13 to 22 carbon atoms is preferably any one of fluorene, anthracene, phenanthrene, tetracene, chrysene, pentacene, pyrene, perylene, and triphenylene. From the viewpoint of T 1 , fluorene, triphenylene, phenanthrene. Is more preferable, and triphenylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stability of the compound and charge injection / transport properties, and a compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is particularly preferable.
 一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は、分子量が400~1200の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは400~1000であり、更に好ましくは400~800である。分子量が400以上であれば良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、分子量が1200以下であると溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正の面で好ましい。 The hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) preferably has a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, more preferably 400 to 1000, and still more preferably 400 to 800. If the molecular weight is 400 or more, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and if the molecular weight is 1200 or less, it is preferable in terms of solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and appropriate deposition.
 一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物はその用途が限定されることはなく、発光層に隣接する有機層だけでなく有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。 The use of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is not limited, and it may be further contained not only in the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer but also in any layer within the organic layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(一般式(Tp-1)において、R12~R23はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基又はアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基を表す。ただし、R12~R23が全て水素原子になることはない。) (In the general formula (Tp-1), R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.)
 R12~R23が表すアルキル基としては、置換基若しくは無置換の、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられ、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、又はtert-ブチル基である。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 are substituted or unsubstituted, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, and an n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or A tert-butyl group.
 R12~R23として好ましくは、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基(これらは更にアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよい)で置換されていてもよい、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基(これらは更にアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよい)で置換されていてもよい、ベンゼン環であることが特に好ましい。
R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
A benzene ring that may be substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (which may be further substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group); It is particularly preferred.
 一般式(Tp-1)におけるアリール環の総数は2~8個であることが好ましく、3~5個であることが好ましい。この範囲とすることで、良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正が良好になる。 In the general formula (Tp-1), the total number of aryl rings is preferably 2 to 8, and preferably 3 to 5. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
 R12~R23は、それぞれ独立に、総炭素数が20~50であることが好ましく、総炭素数が20~36であることがより好ましい。この範囲とすることで、良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正が良好になる。 R 12 to R 23 each independently preferably has a total carbon number of 20 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 20 to 36. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
 本発明の一の態様において、前記一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は下記一般式(Tp-2)で表される炭化水素化合物であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
(一般式(Tp-2)中、複数のArは同一であり、アルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基を表す。) (In the general formula (Tp-2), a plurality of Ar 1 are the same, and a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, which may be substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Or represents a triphenylenyl group.)
 Arが表すアルキル基及びアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基としては、R12~R23で挙げたものと同義であり、好ましいものも同様である。 An alkyl group and an alkyl group represented by Ar 1 , a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group that may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group include R 12 to R 23 . It is synonymous with what was mentioned, and a preferable thing is also the same.
 本発明の他の態様において、前記一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は、下記一般式(Tp-3)で表される炭化水素化合物であることが好ましい。 In another embodiment of the present invention, the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(一般式(Tp-3)中、Lはアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基又はこれらを組み合わせて成るn価の連結基を表す。nは1~6の整数を表す。) (In General Formula (Tp-3), L represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof. And n represents an integer of 1 to 6.)
 Lが表すn価の連結基を形成するアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基としては、R12~R23で挙げたものと同義である。
 Lとして好ましくは、アルキル基又はベンゼン環で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環、フルオレン環、又はこれらを組み合わせて成るn価の連結基である。
 以下にLの好ましい具体例を挙げるがこれらに限定されるものではない。なお具体例中*でトリフェニレン環と結合する。
The alkyl group, phenyl group, fluorenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group that forms the n-valent linking group represented by L has the same meaning as that described for R 12 to R 23 .
L is preferably an alkyl group or an n-valent linking group formed by combining a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, or a combination thereof, which may be substituted with a benzene ring.
Although the preferable specific example of L is given to the following, it is not limited to these. In the specific examples, it is bonded to the triphenylene ring by *.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 nは1~5であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。 N is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 4.
 本発明の他の態様において、前記一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は、下記一般式(Tp-4)で表される炭化水素化合物であることが好ましい。 In another embodiment of the present invention, the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
(一般式(Tp-4)において、複数存在する場合のArは同一であり、Arはアルキル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基で置換、又はこれらを組み合わせてなる基を表す。p、及びqはそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表すが、pとqが同時に0になることはない。p、及びqが0を表す場合、Arは水素原子を表す。) (In General Formula (Tp-4), Ar 2 in the case where a plurality of Ar 2 are present is the same, and Ar 2 represents a group formed by substitution with an alkyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof. , And q each independently represent 0 or 1, but p and q are not simultaneously 0. When p and q represent 0, Ar 2 represents a hydrogen atom.)
 Arとして好ましくは、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基を組み合わせてなる基であり、より好ましくは、メチル基、t-ブチル基、フェニル基、トリフェニレニル基を組み合わせてなる基である。
 Arは、メタ位が炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はこれらを組み合わせてなる基で置換されたベンゼン環であることが特に好ましい。
Ar 2 is preferably a group formed by combining an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, and more preferably a combination of a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, or a triphenylenyl group. It is a group consisting of
Ar 2 is particularly preferably a benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms at the meta position, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
 本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物を有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料や発光層に隣接する層の電荷輸送材料として使用する場合、発光材料より薄膜状態でのエネルギーギャップ(発光材料が燐光発光材料の場合には、薄膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギー)が大きいと、発光がクエンチしてしまうことを防ぎ、効率向上に有利である。一方、化合物の化学的安定性の観点からは、エネルギーギャップ及びTエネルギーは大き過ぎない方が好ましい。一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、52kcal/mol以上80kcal/mol以下であることが好ましく、55kcal/mol以上68kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、58kcal/mol以上63kcal/mol以下であることが更に好ましい。特に、発光材料として燐光発光材料を用いる場合には、Tエネルギーが上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is used as a host material of a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device or a charge transport material of a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, the energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material (the light emitting material is a phosphorescent light emitting material) In the case of ( 2 ), when the lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the thin film state is large, the emission is prevented from being quenched, which is advantageous for improving the efficiency. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical stability of the compound, it is preferable that the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large. The T 1 energy in the film state of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably 52 kcal / mol or more and 80 kcal / mol or less, and 55 kcal / mol or more and 68 kcal / mol or less. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that they are 58 kcal / mol or more and 63 kcal / mol or less. In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
 Tエネルギーは、前述の一般式(1)の説明における方法と同様の方法により求めることができる。 The T 1 energy can be obtained by a method similar to the method in the description of the general formula (1) described above.
 有機電界発光素子を高温駆動時や素子駆動中の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は80℃以上400℃以下であることが好ましく、100℃以上400℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以上400℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is 80 ° C. or more and 400 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescence device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. Preferably, it is 100 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 120 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less.
 以下に、本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention will be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 上記本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物として例示した化合物は、国際公開第05/013388号パンフレット、国際公開第06/130598号パンフレット、国際公開第09/021107号パンフレット、US2009/0009065、国際公開第09/008311号パンフレット及び国際公開第04/018587号パンフレットに記載の方法で合成できる。
 合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。
The compounds exemplified as the hydrocarbon compounds according to the present invention include those described in International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, International Publication No. 09/021107, US2009 / 0009065, International Publication No. 09 / It can be synthesized by the methods described in the 008311 pamphlet and the international publication 04/018587 pamphlet.
After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
〔一般式(O-1)で表される化合物〕
 本発明の発光素子は、発光層と陰極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層に少なくとも一種類の下記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物を含有することが素子の効率や駆動電圧の観点から好ましい。以下に、一般式(O-1)について説明する。
[Compound represented by formula (O-1)]
The light emitting device of the present invention preferably contains at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (O-1). This is preferable from the viewpoints of element efficiency and driving voltage. The general formula (O-1) will be described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 (一般式(O-1)中、RO1は、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。LO1は、アリール環又はヘテロアリール環からなる二価~六価の連結基を表す。nO1は2~6の整数を表す。) (In the general formula (O1), R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or each independently .A O1 ~ A O4 representing the heteroaryl group, the C-R A or .R A representing the nitrogen atom Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different, and L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group comprising an aryl ring or a heteroaryl ring. N O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6.)
 RO1は、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を有していても良い。RO1として好ましくはアリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくはアリール基である。RO1のアリール基が置換基を有する場合の好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基又はシアノ基が挙げられ、アルキル基又はアリール基がより好ましく、アリール基が更に好ましい。RO1のアリール基が複数の置換基を有する場合、該複数の置換基は互いに結合して5又は6員環を形成していても良い。RO1のアリール基は、好ましくは置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を有していても良いフェニル基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基又はアリール基が置換していてもよいフェニル基であり、更に好ましくは無置換のフェニル基又は2-フェニルフェニル基である。 R O1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent selected from group A. R O1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an aryl group. As a preferable substituent when the aryl group of R O1 has a substituent, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group can be mentioned, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is still more preferable. When the aryl group of R O1 has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring. The aryl group of R O1 is preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent selected from substituent group A, more preferably a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group, More preferred is an unsubstituted phenyl group or 2-phenylphenyl group.
 AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。AO1~AO4のうち、0~2つが窒素原子であるのが好ましく、0又は1つが窒素原子であるのがより好ましい。AO1~AO4の全てがC-Rであるか、又はAO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであるのが好ましく、AO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであるのがより好ましく、AO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであり、Rが全て水素原子であるのが更に好ましい。 A O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom. Of A O1 to A O4 , 0 to 2 are preferably nitrogen atoms, and 0 or 1 is more preferably a nitrogen atom. Or all of A O1 ~ A O4 is C-R A, or A O1 be a nitrogen atom, is preferably A O2 ~ A O4 is C-R A, A O1 be a nitrogen atom, A O2 ~ More preferably, A O4 is C—R A , more preferably A O1 is a nitrogen atom, A O2 to A O4 are C—R A , and R A is all a hydrogen atom.
 Rは水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を有していても良い。また複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。Rとして好ましくは水素原子又はアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。 R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent selected from the substituent group A. The plurality of RA may be the same or different. R A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 LO1は、アリール環(好ましくは炭素数6~30)又はヘテロアリール環(好ましくは炭素数4~12)からなる二価~六価の連結基を表す。LO1として好ましくは、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、アリールトリイル基、又はヘテロアリールトリイル基であり、より好ましくはフェニレン基、ビフェニレン基、又はベンゼントリイル基であり、更に好ましくはビフェニレン基、又はベンゼントリイル基である。LO1は前述の置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を有していても良く、置換基を有する場合の置換基としてはアルキル基、アリール基、又はシアノ基が好ましい。LO1の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group composed of an aryl ring (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl ring (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). L O1 is preferably an arylene group, heteroarylene group, aryltriyl group, or heteroaryltriyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a benzenetriyl group, still more preferably a biphenylene group, Or it is a benzenetriyl group. L O1 may have a substituent selected from the aforementioned substituent group A, and the alkyl group, aryl group, or cyano group is preferred as the substituent when it has a substituent. Specific examples of L O1 include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 nO1は2~6の整数を表し、好ましくは2~4の整数であり、より好ましくは2又は3である。nO1は、素子効率の観点では最も好ましくは3であり、素子の耐久性の観点では最も好ましくは2である。
 一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、より好ましくは下記一般式(O-2)で表される化合物である。
n O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3. n O1 is most preferably 3 from the viewpoint of device efficiency, and most preferably 2 from the viewpoint of device durability.
The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (O-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 (一般式(O-2)中、RO1はアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。RO2~RO4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。) (In the general formula (O-2), R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. R O2 to R O4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. A O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different. May be.)
 RO1及びAO1~AO4は、前記一般式(O-1)中のRO1及びAO1~AO4と同義であり、またそれらの好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R02~R04はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を有していても良い。R02~R04として好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又はアリール基であり、最も好ましくは水素原子である。
R O1 and A O1 ~ A O4, the general formula (O1) in the same meaning as R O1 and A O1 ~ A O4 of, also the same preferable ranges thereof.
R 02 to R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). These may have a substituent selected from the aforementioned substituent group A. R 02 to R 04 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
 前記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、高温保存時の安定性、高温駆動時、駆動時の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)は100℃~300℃であることが好ましく、120℃~300℃であることがより好ましく、120℃~300℃であることが更に好ましく、140℃~300℃であることが更により好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 100 ° C. from the viewpoint of stable operation at high temperature storage, stable operation against high temperature driving, and heat generation during driving. It is preferably from ˜300 ° C., more preferably from 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., further preferably from 120 ° C. to 300 ° C., and still more preferably from 140 ° C. to 300 ° C.
 一般式(O-1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 前記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、特開2001-335776号に記載の方法で合成可能である。合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶、再沈殿などによる精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により有機不純物を分離できるだけではなく、無機塩や残留溶媒、水分等を効果的に取り除くことが可能である。 The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A No. 2001-335776. After synthesis, purification by column chromatography, recrystallization, reprecipitation, etc., followed by purification by sublimation is preferred. Not only can organic impurities be separated by sublimation purification, but inorganic salts, residual solvents, moisture, and the like can be effectively removed.
 本発明の発光素子において、一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は発光層と陰極との間の有機層に含有されるが、発光層に隣接する陰極側の層に含有されることが好ましい。 In the light emitting device of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is contained in an organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but is contained in a layer on the cathode side adjacent to the light emitting layer. Is preferred.
(電荷輸送層)
 電荷輸送層とは、有機電界発光素子に電圧を印加した際に電荷移動が起こる層をいう。具体的には正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層、発光層、正孔ブロック層、電子輸送層又は電子注入層が挙げられる。好ましくは、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層又は発光層である。塗布法により形成される電荷輸送層が正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層又は発光層であれば、低コストかつ高効率な有機電界発光素子の製造が可能となる。また、電荷輸送層として、より好ましくは、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層又は電子ブロック層である。
(Charge transport layer)
The charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element. Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer. A hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer is preferable. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency. The charge transport layer is more preferably a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, or an electron block layer.
(正孔注入層、正孔輸送層)
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層は、陽極又は陽極側から正孔を受け取り陰極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0165〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Hole injection layer, hole transport layer)
The hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
Regarding the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer, the matters described in paragraph [0165] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
 正孔注入層には電子受容性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。正孔注入層に電子受容性ドーパントを含有することにより、正孔注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子受容性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料から電子を引き抜き、ラジカルカチオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラシアノキノジメタン(TCNQ)、テトラフルオロテトラシアノキノジメタン(F-TCNQ)、酸化モリブデンなどが挙げられる。 The hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant. By containing an electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer, hole injection properties are improved, driving voltage is lowered, and efficiency is improved. The electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations. For example, tetracyanoquinodimethane ( TCNQ), tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane (F 4 -TCNQ), molybdenum oxide, and the like.
 正孔注入層中の電子受容性ドーパントは、正孔注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.01質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.2質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. %, More preferably 0.2% by mass to 30% by mass.
(電子注入層、電子輸送層)
 電子注入層、電子輸送層は、陰極又は陰極側から電子を受け取り陽極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。これらの層に用いる電子注入材料、電子輸送材料は低分子化合物であっても高分子化合物であってもよい。
 電子輸送材料としては、本発明の一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を用いることができる。その他の材料としては、ピリジン誘導体、キノリン誘導体、ピリミジン誘導体、ピラジン誘導体、フタラジン誘導体、フェナントロリン誘導体、トリアジン誘導体、トリアゾール誘導体、オキサゾール誘導体、オキサジアゾール誘導体、イミダゾール誘導体、フルオレノン誘導体、アントラキノジメタン誘導体、アントロン誘導体、ジフェニルキノン誘導体、チオピランジオキシド誘導体、カルボジイミド誘導体、フルオレニリデンメタン誘導体、ジスチリルピラジン誘導体、ナフタレン、ペリレン等の芳香環テトラカルボン酸無水物、フタロシアニン誘導体、8-キノリノール誘導体の金属錯体やメタルフタロシアニン、ベンゾオキサゾールやベンゾチアゾールを配位子とする金属錯体に代表される各種金属錯体、シロールに代表される有機シラン誘導体、等を含有する層であることが好ましい。
(Electron injection layer, electron transport layer)
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side. The electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
As the electron transport material, a compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) of the present invention can be used. Other materials include pyridine derivatives, quinoline derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, phthalazine derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, triazine derivatives, triazole derivatives, oxazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, Metal complexes of anthrone derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, naphthalene, perylene, and other aromatic ring tetracarboxylic anhydrides, phthalocyanine derivatives, 8-quinolinol derivatives And metal phthalocyanines, various metal complexes represented by metal complexes with benzoxazole and benzothiazole ligands, It is preferable that a layer containing a silane derivative, and the like.
 電子注入層、電子輸送層の厚さは、駆動電圧を下げるという観点から、各々500nm以下であることが好ましい。
 電子輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。また、電子注入層の厚さとしては、0.1nm~200nmであるのが好ましく、0.2nm~100nmであるのがより好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子注入層、電子輸送層は、上述した材料の1種又は2種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。 
The thicknesses of the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are each preferably 500 nm or less from the viewpoint of lowering the driving voltage.
The thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm. The thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
 電子注入層には電子供与性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。電子注入層に電子供与性ドーパントを含有させることにより、電子注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子供与性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料に電子を与え、ラジカルアニオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラチアフルバレン(TTF)、テトラチアナフタセン(TTT)、ビス-[1,3 ジエチル-2-メチル-1,2-ジヒドロベンズイミダゾリル]などのジヒドロイミダゾール化合物、リチウム、セシウムなどが挙げられる。 The electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant. By including an electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer, the electron injection property is improved, the driving voltage is lowered, and the efficiency is improved. The electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions. For example, tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) And dithiaimidazole compounds such as tetrathianaphthacene (TTT) and bis- [1,3 diethyl-2-methyl-1,2-dihydrobenzimidazolyl], lithium, cesium and the like.
 電子注入層中の電子供与性ドーパントは、電子注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.01質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
(正孔ブロック層)
 正孔ブロック層は、陽極側から発光層に輸送された正孔が、陰極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陰極側で隣接する有機層として、正孔ブロック層を設けることができる。
 正孔ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、アルミニウム(III)ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリノラート)4-フェニルフェノレート(Aluminum (III)bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinato)4-phenylphenolate(Balqと略記する))等のアルミニウム錯体、トリアゾール誘導体、2,9-ジメチル-4,7-ジフェニル-1,10-フェナントロリン(2,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline(BCPと略記する))等のフェナントロリン誘導体、等が挙げられる。
 正孔ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 正孔ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種類又は二種類以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
(Hole blocking layer)
The hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side. In the present invention, a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
Examples of organic compounds constituting the hole blocking layer include aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) 4-phenylphenolate (Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4- aluminum complexes such as phenylphenolate (abbreviated as Balq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (2,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-) phenanthroline derivatives such as phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)) and the like.
The thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
(電子ブロック層)
 電子ブロック層は、陰極側から発光層に輸送された電子が、陽極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陽極側で隣接する有機層として、電子ブロック層を設けることができる。
 電子ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、例えば前述の正孔輸送材料として挙げたものが適用できる。
 電子ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種類又は二種類以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
(Electronic block layer)
The electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side. In the present invention, an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
As an example of the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer, for example, those mentioned as the hole transport material described above can be applied.
The thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
(保護層)
 本発明において、有機EL素子全体は、保護層によって保護されていてもよい。
 保護層については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0169〕~〔0170〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Protective layer)
In the present invention, the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
As for the protective layer, the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
(封止容器)
 本発明の素子は、封止容器を用いて素子全体を封止してもよい。
 封止容器については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0171〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Sealing container)
The element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
Regarding the sealing container, the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
(駆動)
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、陽極と陰極との間に直流(必要に応じて交流成分を含んでもよい)電圧(通常2ボルト~15ボルト)、又は直流電流を印加することにより、発光を得ることができる。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の駆動方法については、特開平2-148687号、同6-301355号、同5-29080号、同7-134558号、同8-234685号、同8-241047号の各公報、特許第2784615号、米国特許5828429号、同6023308号の各明細書等に記載の駆動方法を適用することができる。
(Drive)
The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode. Obtainable.
The driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047. The driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の外部量子効率としては、7%以上が好ましく、10%以上がより好ましく、12%以上が更に好ましい。外部量子効率の数値は20℃で素子を駆動したときの外部量子効率の最大値、若しくは、20℃で素子を駆動したときの300~400cd/m付近での外部量子効率の値を用いることができる。 The external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is preferably 7% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and further preferably 12% or more. The value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency around 300 to 400 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の内部量子効率は、30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上が更に好ましく、70%以上が更に好ましい。素子の内部量子効率は、外部量子効率を光取り出し効率で除して算出される。通常の有機EL素子では光取り出し効率は約20%であるが、基板の形状、電極の形状、有機層の膜厚、無機層の膜厚、有機層の屈折率、無機層の屈折率等を工夫することにより、光取り出し効率を20%以上にすることが可能である。 The internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more. The internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%. However, the shape of the substrate, the shape of the electrode, the thickness of the organic layer, the thickness of the inorganic layer, the refractive index of the organic layer, the refractive index of the inorganic layer, etc. By devising it, it is possible to increase the light extraction efficiency to 20% or more.
(本発明の素子の用途)
 本発明の素子は、表示素子、ディスプレイ、バックライト、電子写真、照明光源、記録光源、露光光源、読み取り光源、標識、看板、インテリア、又は光通信等に好適に利用できる。特に、照明装置、表示装置等の発光輝度が高い領域で駆動されるデバイスに好ましく用いられる。
(Use of the element of the present invention)
The element of the present invention can be suitably used for a display element, a display, a backlight, electrophotography, an illumination light source, a recording light source, an exposure light source, a reading light source, a sign, a signboard, an interior, or optical communication. In particular, it is preferably used for a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance, such as a lighting device or a display device.
(発光装置)
 次に、図2を参照して本発明の発光装置について説明する。 本発明の発光装置は、前記有機電界発光素子を用いてなる。
 図2は、本発明の発光装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。図2の発光装置20は、透明基板(支持基板)2、有機電界発光素子10、封止容器16等により構成されている。
(Light emitting device)
Next, the light emitting device of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The light emitting device of the present invention uses the organic electroluminescent element.
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention. The light emitting device 20 in FIG. 2 includes a transparent substrate (support substrate) 2, an organic electroluminescent element 10, a sealing container 16, and the like.
 有機電界発光素子10は、基板2上に、陽極(第一電極)3、有機層11、陰極(第二電極)9が順次積層されて構成されている。また、陰極9上には、保護層12が積層されており、更に、保護層12上には接着層14を介して封止容器16が設けられている。なお、各電極3、9の一部、隔壁、絶縁層等は省略されている。
 ここで、接着層14としては、エポキシ樹脂等の光硬化型接着剤や熱硬化型接着剤を用いることができ、例えば熱硬化性の接着シートを用いることもできる。
The organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2. A protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween. In addition, a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate | omitted.
Here, as the adhesive layer 14, a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
 本発明の発光装置の用途は特に制限されるものではなく、例えば、照明装置のほか、テレビ、パーソナルコンピュータ、携帯電話、電子ペーパ等の表示装置とすることができる。 The use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
(照明装置)
 次に、図3を参照して本発明の照明装置について説明する。
 図3は、本発明の照明装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。本発明の照明装置40は、図3に示すように、前述した有機EL素子10と、光散乱部材30とを備えている。より具体的には、照明装置40は、有機EL素子10の基板2と光散乱部材30とが接触するように構成されている。
 光散乱部材30は、光を散乱できるものであれば特に制限されないが、図3においては、透明基板31に微粒子32が分散した部材とされている。透明基板31としては、例えば、ガラス基板を好適に挙げることができる。微粒子32としては、透明樹脂微粒子を好適に挙げることができる。ガラス基板及び透明樹脂微粒子としては、いずれも、公知のものを使用できる。このような照明装置40は、有機電界発光素子10からの発光が散乱部材30の光入射面30Aに入射されると、入射光を光散乱部材30により散乱させ、散乱光を光出射面30Bから照明光として出射するものである。
(Lighting device)
Next, the illumination device of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the illumination device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the illumination device 40 of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
The light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light. In FIG. 3, the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31. As the transparent substrate 31, for example, a glass substrate can be preferably cited. As the fine particles 32, transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified. As the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles, known ones can be used. In such an illuminating device 40, when light emitted from the organic electroluminescent element 10 is incident on the light incident surface 30A of the scattering member 30, the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is emitted from the light emitting surface 30B. It is emitted as illumination light.
 以下、実施例により本発明を更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
1.合成例
 (合成例1)化合物1の合成
1. Synthesis Example (Synthesis Example 1) Synthesis of Compound 1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 2,4-ジクロロテレフタロニトリル1.97g(10mmol)、3-ビフェニルボロン酸4.16g(21mmol)、酢酸パラジウム0.22g(1mmol)、トリフェニルホスフィン1.05g(4mmol)、炭酸ナトリウム3.18g(30mmol)、トルエン30ml、純水15mlを、窒素雰囲気下、100℃で6時間攪拌した。反応液を室温まで放冷した後、酢酸エチル、純水を加え、析出した沈殿を濾取した。得られた固体をテトラヒドロフラン-イソプロピルアルコールで再結晶することにより1.88gの化合物1を得た(収率43%)。得られた粗生成物を昇華精製することで、HPLCで測定した純度が99.93%であることを確認した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=8.47(s,2H),8.01(s,2H),7.87-7.67(m,10H),7.53(t,J=7.6Hz,4H),7.43(t,J=7.3Hz,2H).
2,4-dichloroterephthalonitrile 1.97 g (10 mmol), 3-biphenylboronic acid 4.16 g (21 mmol), palladium acetate 0.22 g (1 mmol), triphenylphosphine 1.05 g (4 mmol), sodium carbonate 3. 18 g (30 mmol), 30 ml of toluene, and 15 ml of pure water were stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate and pure water were added, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was recrystallized from tetrahydrofuran-isopropyl alcohol to obtain 1.88 g of Compound 1 (43% yield). By purifying the obtained crude product by sublimation, it was confirmed that the purity measured by HPLC was 99.93%.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 8.47 (s, 2H), 8.01 (s, 2H), 7.87-7.67 (m, 10H), 7.53 (T, J = 7.6 Hz, 4H), 7.43 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H).
 (合成例2)化合物2の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を4-ビフェニルボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物2を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=8.36(s,2H),7.92(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),7.85-7.78(m,8H),7.53(t,J=7.6Hz,4H),7.44(t,J=7.2Hz,2H).
(Synthesis Example 2) Synthesis of Compound 2 Compound 2 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 4-biphenylboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 8.36 (s, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.85-7.78 (m, 8H), 7.53 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 4H), 7.44 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H).
 (合成例3)化合物3の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を3-(3,5-ジフェニルフェニル)フェニルボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして化合物3を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=8.52(s,2H),8.25(s,2H),8.10-8.08(m,2H),8.05(s,4H),7.95(s,2H),7.90(d,J=7.6Hz,8H),7.80-7.72(m,4H),7.53(t,J=7.6Hz,8H),7.43(t,J=7.4Hz,4H).
Synthesis Example 3 Synthesis of Compound 3 Compound 3 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 3- (3,5-diphenylphenyl) phenylboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 8.52 (s, 2H), 8.25 (s, 2H), 8.10-8.08 (m, 2H), 8.05 (S, 4H), 7.95 (s, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 8H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 4H), 7.53 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 8H), 7.43 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 4H).
 (合成例4)化合物4の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を9-フェナントレンボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして化合物4を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.04(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),8.99(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),8.50(s,2H),8.16-8.12(m,3H),8.45(s,1H),7.91-7.65(m,10H).
(Synthesis Example 4) Synthesis of Compound 4 Compound 4 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 9-phenanthreneboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.50 ( s, 2H), 8.16-8.12 (m, 3H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.65 (m, 10H).
 (合成例5)化合物5の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を2-トリフェニレンボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして化合物5を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.22(s,2H),9.07(d,J=9.2Hz,2H),9.03-9.00(m,2H),8.98-8.93(m,2H),8.92-8.87(m,4H),8.69(s,2H),8.8.12(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.83-7.76(m,8H).
(Synthesis Example 5) Synthesis of Compound 5 Compound 5 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 2-triphenyleneboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.22 (s, 2H), 9.07 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 9.03-9.00 (m, 2H), 8.98-8.93 (m, 2H), 8.92-8.87 (m, 4H), 8.69 (s, 2H), 8.8.12 (d, J = 8. 4 Hz, 2H), 7.83-7.76 (m, 8H).
 (合成例6)化合物6の合成 Synthesis Example 6 Synthesis of Compound 6
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 2,4-ジクロロテレフタロニトリル9.85g(50mmol)、9-フェナントレンボロン酸11.1g(50mmol)、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム0.46g(0.5mmol)、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2‘,6’-ジメトキシビフェニル(SPhos)0.82g(2mmol)、リン酸カリウム21.2g(100mmol)、ジメトキシエタン50ml、純水50mlを窒素雰囲気下、50℃で3時間攪拌した。反応液を室温まで放冷した後、析出した沈殿を濾取し酢酸エチル、純水、エタノールで洗浄した。得られた固体を酢酸エチルで更に洗浄することにより9.1gの中間体Aを得た(収率54%)。 9.85 g (50 mmol) of 2,4-dichloroterephthalonitrile, 11.1 g (50 mmol) of 9-phenanthreneboronic acid, 0.46 g (0.5 mmol) of tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino- 0.82 g (2 mmol) of 2 ′, 6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (SPhos), 21.2 g (100 mmol) of potassium phosphate, 50 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 50 ml of pure water were stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate, pure water, and ethanol. The obtained solid was further washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 9.1 g of Intermediate A (yield 54%).
 中間体A1.7g(5mmol)、1,4-フェニレンジボロン酸0.42g(2.5mmol)、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム0.02g(0.025mmol)、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,6’-ジメトキシビフェニル(SPhos)0.04g(0.1mmol)、リン酸カリウム2.1g(10mmol)、テトラヒドロフラン80ml、純水20mlを窒素雰囲気下、100℃で4時間攪拌した。反応液を室温まで放冷した後、析出した沈殿を濾取しテトラヒドロフラン、純水で洗浄した。得られた固体を純水、テトラヒドロフランで更に洗浄することにより1.4gの化合物6を得た(収率82%)。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.04(d,J=8.8Hz,2H),8.98(d,J=8.8Hz,2H),8.55(s,2H),8.47(s,2H),8.13(d,J=7.4Hz,2H),8.08(s,4H),8.04(s,2H),7.87-7.60(m,10H).
Intermediate A 1.7 g (5 mmol), 1,4-phenylenediboronic acid 0.42 g (2.5 mmol), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium 0.02 g (0.025 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2 0.04 g (0.1 mmol) of ', 6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (SPhos), 2.1 g (10 mmol) of potassium phosphate, 80 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 20 ml of pure water were stirred at 100 ° C. for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with tetrahydrofuran and pure water. The obtained solid was further washed with pure water and tetrahydrofuran to obtain 1.4 g of Compound 6 (yield 82%).
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.55 ( s, 2H), 8.47 (s, 2H), 8.13 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (s, 4H), 8.04 (s, 2H), 7.87 −7.60 (m, 10H).
 (合成例7)化合物7の合成
 中間体A1.7g(5mmol)、4―p-ターフェニルボロン酸1.4g(5mmol)、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム0.02g(0.025mmol)、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2‘,6’-ジメトキシビフェニル(SPhos)0.04g(0.1mmol)、リン酸カリウム2.1g(10mmol)、テトラヒドロフラン80ml、純水20mlを窒素雰囲気下、100℃で3時間攪拌した。反応液を室温まで放冷した後、析出した沈殿を濾取しテトラヒドロフラン、純水で洗浄した。得られた固体を純水、テトラヒドロフランで更に洗浄することにより1.8gの化合物7を得た(収率68%)。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.02(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),8.97(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),8.47(s,1H),8.41(s,1H),8.11(d,J=6.6Hz,1H),8.03-8.00(m,3H),7.95-7.91(m,4H),7.86-7.74(m,7H),7.68(t,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.52(t,J=7.6Hz,2H),7.41(t,J=7.5Hz,1H).
Synthesis Example 7 Synthesis of Compound 7 Intermediate A 1.7 g (5 mmol), 4-p-terphenylboronic acid 1.4 g (5 mmol), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium 0.02 g (0.025 mmol), 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2 ′, 6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (SPhos) 0.04 g (0.1 mmol), potassium phosphate 2.1 g (10 mmol), tetrahydrofuran 80 ml, pure water 20 ml at 100 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere. Stir for 3 hours. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with tetrahydrofuran and pure water. The obtained solid was further washed with pure water and tetrahydrofuran to obtain 1.8 g of Compound 7 (yield 68%).
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.02 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.47 ( s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.03-8.00 (m, 3H), 7.95-7.91 ( m, 4H), 7.86-7.74 (m, 7H), 7.68 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7. 52 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H).
 (合成例8)化合物8の合成
 合成例6、合成例7と同様の反応において、9-フェナントレンボロン酸を4-tert―ブチルフェニルボロン酸に、4―p-ターフェニルボロン酸を2-トリフェニレンボロン酸に換えることで化合物8を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.16(s,1H),9.02(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),8.99-8.96(m,1H),8.94-8.91(m,1H),8.89-8.86(m,2H),8.57(s,1H),8.35(s,1H),8.06(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),7.82-7.75(m,4H),7.70(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.64(d,J=8.4Hz,2H).
(Synthesis Example 8) Synthesis of Compound 8 In the same reaction as in Synthesis Example 6 and Synthesis Example 7, 9-phenanthreneboronic acid was converted to 4-tert-butylphenylboronic acid, and 4-p-terphenylboronic acid was converted to 2-triphenylene. Compound 8 was synthesized by changing to boronic acid.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.16 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.99-8.96 (m, 1H), 8.94-8.91 (m, 1H), 8.89-8.86 (m, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.06 (D, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.75 (m, 4H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J = 8. 4Hz, 2H).
 (合成例9)化合物9の合成
 合成例7において、4―p-ターフェニルボロン酸を2-トリフェニレンボロン酸に換える以外は合成例7と同様にして化合物9を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.26(s,1H),9.10-8.94(m,5H),8.91-8.87(m,2H),8.71(s,1H),8.47(s,1H),8.17-8.13(m,2H),8.05(s,1H),7.87-7.63(m,9H).
Synthesis Example 9 Synthesis of Compound 9 Compound 9 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7 except that 4-p-terphenylboronic acid was replaced with 2-triphenyleneboronic acid in Synthesis Example 7.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.10-8.94 (m, 5H), 8.91-8.87 (m, 2H) , 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.17-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.63 (m , 9H).
 (合成例10)化合物10の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を3-(2-トリフェニレニル)フェニルボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして化合物10を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=9.19(s,2H),9.09-9.05(m,2H),8.97(d,J=9.2Hz,2H),8.92-8.83(m,6H),8.61(s,2H),8.38(s,2H),8.22-8.17(m,4H),7.84-7.72(m,12H).
(Synthesis Example 10) Synthesis of Compound 10 Compound 10 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 3- (2-triphenylenyl) phenylboronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 9.19 (s, 2H), 9.09-9.05 (m, 2H), 8.97 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 8.92-8.83 (m, 6H), 8.61 (s, 2H), 8.38 (s, 2H), 8.22-8.17 (m, 4H), 7.84 -7.72 (m, 12H).
 (合成例11)化合物11の合成
 合成例1において、3-ビフェニルボロン酸を9,9-ジメチルフルオレン-2-ボロン酸に換える以外は合成例1と同様にして化合物11を合成した。
 H NMR(400MHz,inDMSO-d6);δ(ppm)=8.40(s,2H),8.06(d,J=8.0Hz,2H),7.97-7.94(m,4H),7.73(d,J=8.0Hz,2H),7.63-7.61(m,2H),7.43-7.38(m,2H).
(Synthesis Example 11) Synthesis of Compound 11 Compound 11 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 3-biphenylboronic acid was replaced with 9,9-dimethylfluorene-2-boronic acid in Synthesis Example 1.
1 H NMR (400 MHz, inDMSO-d6); δ (ppm) = 8.40 (s, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.97-7.94 (m, 4H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H).
2.素子評価
 以下に記載する実施例及び比較例の各素子の性能は以下のように評価した。
2. Element Evaluation The performance of each element of Examples and Comparative Examples described below was evaluated as follows.
(a) 外部量子効率
 東陽テクニカ製ソースメジャーユニット2400を用いて、直流電圧を各素子に印加し発光させ、その輝度をトプコン社製輝度計BM-8を用いて測定した。発光スペクトルと発光波長は浜松ホトニクス製スペクトルアナライザーPMA-11を用いて測定した。これらを元に輝度が1000cd/m付近の外部量子効率を輝度換算法により算出した。効率は数字が大きいほど好ましい。
(b) 駆動電圧
 各素子を輝度が1000cd/mになるように直流電圧を印加した時の印加電圧を駆動電圧とした。駆動電圧は数字が小さいほど好ましい。
(c) 素子耐久性
 以下に記載する各素子作成例に示した輝度になるように直流電圧を印加して発光させ続け、輝度がある輝度まで減少するのに要した時間を駆動耐久性の指標とした。耐久性は数字が大きいほど好ましい。
(A) External quantum efficiency Using a source measure unit 2400 manufactured by Toyo Technica, a direct current voltage was applied to each element to emit light, and the luminance was measured using a luminance meter BM-8 manufactured by Topcon Corporation. The emission spectrum and emission wavelength were measured using a spectrum analyzer PMA-11 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics. Based on these, the external quantum efficiency at a luminance of around 1000 cd / m 2 was calculated by the luminance conversion method. The higher the number, the better the efficiency.
(B) Drive voltage The drive voltage was the applied voltage when a DC voltage was applied to each element so that the luminance was 1000 cd / m 2 . The driving voltage is preferably as small as possible.
(C) Device Durability An indication of drive durability is the time required to continue to emit light by applying a DC voltage so that the luminance shown in each example of device creation described below is obtained, and to reduce the luminance to a certain luminance. It was. The larger the number, the better the durability.
3.素子作成例
 素子作製に用いた材料は全て昇華精製を行い、高速液体クロマトグラフィー(東ソーTSKgel ODS-100Z)により純度(254nmの吸収強度面積比)が99.9%以上であることを確認した。
 なお以下の実施例の見出しの横に記載される括弧書きは、発光色及び本発明の化合物をどの材料として使用したかを示す。ここで「ETL」は電子輸送材料を意味する。
3. Element Preparation Example All materials used for element preparation were subjected to sublimation purification, and it was confirmed by high performance liquid chromatography (Tosoh TSKgel ODS-100Z) that the purity (absorption intensity area ratio at 254 nm) was 99.9% or more.
In addition, the parentheses written next to the headings of the following examples indicate the emission color and which material the compound of the present invention was used. Here, “ETL” means an electron transport material.
〈素子作成例1〉(赤ホスト)
 厚み0.5mm、2.5cm角のITO膜を有するガラス基板(ジオマテック社製、表面抵抗10Ω/□)を洗浄容器に入れ、2-プロパノール中で超音波洗浄した後、30分間UV-オゾン処理を行った。この透明陽極(ITO膜)上に真空蒸着法にて以下の有機化合物層を順次蒸着した。
第1層:LG101 :膜厚10nm
第2層:NPD :膜厚30nm
第3層:化合物1及びRD-1(質量比90:10) :膜厚30nm
第4層:BAlq :膜厚5nm
第5層:Alq :膜厚45nm
 この上に、フッ化リチウム1nm及び金属アルミニウム70nmをこの順に蒸着し陰極とした。
 このものを、大気に触れさせることなく、窒素ガスで置換したグローブボックス内に入れ、ガラス製の封止缶及び紫外線硬化型の接着剤(XNR5516HV、長瀬チバ(株)製)を用いて封止し、実施例1の素子を得た。同様に実施例1の第3層で使用した化合物1に代えて、以下の表1中に示す第3層材料を用い、かつ第4層の材料として表1中に示す材料を用いることにより、実施例2~15、比較例1~5の素子を得た。表中に示す耐久性は、各素子の輝度が3000cd/mから2700cd/mになるまでに要した時間とし、実施例1の素子を1とした相対値で示した。
<Element creation example 1> (Red host)
A glass substrate having a thickness of 0.5 mm and a 2.5 cm square ITO film (manufactured by Geomat Co., Ltd., surface resistance 10 Ω / □) is placed in a cleaning container, subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in 2-propanol, and then subjected to UV-ozone treatment for 30 minutes. Went. The following organic compound layers were sequentially deposited on the transparent anode (ITO film) by vacuum deposition.
First layer: LG101: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: Compound 1 and RD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: BAlq: film thickness 5 nm
Fifth layer: Alq: film thickness 45 nm
On this, 1 nm of lithium fluoride and 70 nm of metal aluminum were vapor-deposited in this order, and it was set as the cathode.
This is put in a glove box substituted with nitrogen gas without being exposed to the atmosphere, and sealed using a glass sealing can and an ultraviolet curable adhesive (XNR5516HV, manufactured by Nagase Ciba Co., Ltd.). Thus, the device of Example 1 was obtained. Similarly, in place of the compound 1 used in the third layer of Example 1, by using the third layer material shown in Table 1 below and using the material shown in Table 1 as the material of the fourth layer, Devices of Examples 2 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were obtained. Durability shown in the tables, the luminance of each element and time taken until the 3000 cd / m 2 to 2700cd / m 2, showing a device of Example 1 at 1 and a relative value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
 なお表1中、比較例4の素子は発光しなかったため、効率、駆動電圧及び耐久性は正しく評価出来なかった。比較例4の素子が発光しなかった理由は定かではないが、比較化合物4のTエネルギーは発光材料のTエネルギーよりも小さいため、消光されたと推測される。 In Table 1, since the element of Comparative Example 4 did not emit light, the efficiency, drive voltage and durability could not be evaluated correctly. While the element of Comparative Example 4 is not clear why not emit light, the T 1 energy of the comparative compound 4 is presumed to smaller than the T 1 energy of the luminescent material was quenched.
〈素子作成例2〉(赤ETL)
 層構成を以下に示すものに変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして素子を作製し、実施例16の素子を得た。同様に第4層の材料として表2中に示す材料を用いることにより、実施例17~19、比較例6、7の素子を得た。効率、駆動電圧及び耐久性は実施例1と同様に評価し、耐久性は実施例16の素子を1とした相対値で示した。
第1層:LG101 :膜厚10nm
第2層:NPD :膜厚30nm
第3層:BAlq及びRD-2(質量比95:5) :膜厚30nm
第4層:化合物1 :膜厚5nm
第5層:Alq :膜厚45nm
<Element creation example 2> (Red ETL)
A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 16 was obtained. Similarly, by using the material shown in Table 2 as the material of the fourth layer, devices of Examples 17 to 19 and Comparative Examples 6 and 7 were obtained. Efficiency, drive voltage, and durability were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. Durability was expressed as a relative value with the element of Example 16 as 1.
First layer: LG101: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: BAlq and RD-2 (mass ratio 95: 5): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: Compound 1: thickness 5 nm
Fifth layer: Alq: film thickness 45 nm
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
〈素子作成例3〉(緑ホスト)
 層構成を以下に示すものに変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして素子を作製し、実施例20の素子を得た。同様に実施例20の第3層の材料として表3中に示す材料を用い、第4層で使用した化合物1に代えて、以下の表3中に示す第4層材料を用い、かつ第5層の材料として表3中に示す材料を用いることにより、実施例21~24、比較例8~11の素子を得た。耐久性は各素子の輝度が5000cd/mから4500cd/mになるまでに要した時間とし、実施例20の素子を1とした相対値で示した。また効率及び駆動電圧は実施例1と同様に評価した。
第1層:CuPc :膜厚10nm
第2層:NPD :膜厚25nm
第3層:NPD :膜厚5nm
第4層:化合物1及びGD-1(質量比90:10) :膜厚30nm
第5層:ET-3 :膜厚5nm
第6層:Alq :膜厚45nm
<Element creation example 3> (Green host)
A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 20 was obtained. Similarly, the material shown in Table 3 was used as the material of the third layer of Example 20, and the fourth layer material shown in Table 3 below was used instead of Compound 1 used in the fourth layer. By using the material shown in Table 3 as the material of the layer, devices of Examples 21 to 24 and Comparative Examples 8 to 11 were obtained. The durability was expressed as a relative value with the time taken for the luminance of each element to reach from 5000 cd / m 2 to 4500 cd / m 2 , with the element of Example 20 taken as 1. The efficiency and driving voltage were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.
First layer: CuPc: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 25 nm
Third layer: NPD: film thickness 5 nm
Fourth layer: Compound 1 and GD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
5th layer: ET-3: 5 nm thickness
Sixth layer: Alq: film thickness 45 nm
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
 なお表3中、比較例10の素子は発光しなかったため、効率、駆動電圧及び耐久性は正しく評価出来なかった。比較例10の素子が発光しなかった理由は定かではないが、比較化合物4のTエネルギーは発光材料のTエネルギーよりも小さいため、消光されたと推測される。 In Table 3, since the device of Comparative Example 10 did not emit light, the efficiency, drive voltage and durability could not be evaluated correctly. While the element of Comparative Example 10 is not clear why not emit light, the T 1 energy of the comparative compound 4 is presumed to smaller than the T 1 energy of the luminescent material was quenched.
〈素子作成例4〉(緑ETL)
 層構成を以下に示すものに変えた以外は実施例20と同様にして素子を作製し、実施例25の素子を得た。同様に第5層の材料として表4中に示す材料を用いることにより、実施例26~28、比較例12、13の素子を得た。効率、駆動電圧及び耐久性は実施例20と同様に評価し、耐久性は実施例25の素子を1とした相対値で示した。
第1層:2-TNATA及びF-TCNQ(質量比99.7:0.3) :膜厚160nm
第2層:NPD :膜厚5nm
第3層:HT-1 :膜厚3nm
第4層:mCBP及びGD-2(質量比85:15) :膜厚30nm
第5層:化合物1 :膜厚5nm
第6層:BCP及びLi(質量比99.4:0.6) :膜厚25nm
<Element creation example 4> (Green ETL)
A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 25 was obtained. Similarly, by using the material shown in Table 4 as the material of the fifth layer, devices of Examples 26 to 28 and Comparative Examples 12 and 13 were obtained. Efficiency, drive voltage, and durability were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 20. Durability was expressed as a relative value with the element of Example 25 as 1.
First layer: 2-TNATA and F 4 -TCNQ (mass ratio 99.7: 0.3): film thickness 160 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 5 nm
Third layer: HT-1: film thickness 3 nm
Fourth layer: mCBP and GD-2 (mass ratio 85:15): film thickness 30 nm
Fifth layer: Compound 1: film thickness 5 nm
Sixth layer: BCP and Li (mass ratio 99.4: 0.6): film thickness 25 nm
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
〈素子作成例5〉(青ETL)
 層構成を以下に示すものに変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして素子を作製し、実施例29の素子を得た。同様に第4層の材料として表5中に示す材料を用いることにより、実施例30~33、比較例14、15の素子を得た。耐久性は各素子の輝度が1000cd/mから500cd/mになるまでに要した時間とし、実施例29の素子を1とした相対値で示した。効率及び駆動電圧は実施例1と同様に評価した。
第1層:CuPc :膜厚10nm
第2層:TPAC :膜厚30nm
第3層:mCBP及びBD-1(質量比90:10) :膜厚30nm
第4層:化合物1 :膜厚5nm
第5層:ET-2 :膜厚25nm
<Element creation example 5> (Blue ETL)
A device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the layer configuration was changed to the following, and the device of Example 29 was obtained. Similarly, by using the material shown in Table 5 as the material of the fourth layer, devices of Examples 30 to 33 and Comparative Examples 14 and 15 were obtained. The durability was expressed as a relative value with the time taken for the luminance of each element to reach from 1000 cd / m 2 to 500 cd / m 2 , with the element of Example 29 taken as 1. Efficiency and drive voltage were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.
First layer: CuPc: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: TPAC: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: mCBP and BD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: Compound 1: thickness 5 nm
5th layer: ET-2: film thickness 25 nm
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
 表1~5の結果から、本発明の化合物を用いた実施例の素子は、比較例の素子と比べて、耐久性が大幅に向上していることが分かる。 From the results of Tables 1 to 5, it can be seen that the durability of the device of the example using the compound of the present invention is significantly improved as compared with the device of the comparative example.
 以下に実施例及び比較例で用いた化合物の構造を示す。 The structures of the compounds used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 本発明によれば、従来の素子に対し、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。また本発明によれば、耐久性が大幅に向上した有機電界発光素子の作製に有用な化合物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device having significantly improved durability compared to a conventional device. In addition, according to the present invention, a compound useful for producing an organic electroluminescence device having greatly improved durability can be provided.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2010年7月29日出願の日本特許出願(特願2010-171229)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on July 29, 2010 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-171229), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
2・・・基板
3・・・陽極
4・・・正孔注入層
5・・・正孔輸送層
6・・・発光層
7・・・正孔ブロック層
8・・・電子輸送層
9・・・陰極
10・・・有機電界発光素子(有機EL素子)
11・・・有機層
12・・・保護層
14・・・接着層
16・・・封止容器
20・・・発光装置
30・・・光散乱部材
30A・・・光入射面
30B・・・光出射面
31・・・透明基板
32・・・微粒子
40・・・照明装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 2 ... Substrate 3 ... Anode 4 ... Hole injection layer 5 ... Hole transport layer 6 ... Light emitting layer 7 ... Hole block layer 8 ... Electron transport layer 9 ...・ Cathode 10: Organic electroluminescent device (organic EL device)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 11 ... Organic layer 12 ... Protective layer 14 ... Adhesive layer 16 ... Sealing container 20 ... Light-emitting device 30 ... Light scattering member 30A ... Light incident surface 30B ... Light Output surface 31 ... Transparent substrate 32 ... Fine particle 40 ... Illumination device

Claims (17)

  1.  基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に、少なくとも一種類の下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式(1)中、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
     R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
     nは1、2又は3を表す。
     nが2又は3の時、複数のR11~R15は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
     置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これらの基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
    An organic electroluminescent device comprising a substrate and a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes, wherein at least one of the at least one organic layer An organic electroluminescent device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the general formula (1), R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have
    R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
    n represents 1, 2 or 3.
    When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
    Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  2.  前記一般式(1)において、nが2である、請求項1に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein n is 2 in the general formula (1).
  3.  前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項1又は2に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     一般式(2)中、R21、R25、R26及びR30はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R21はR22と、R25はR24と、R26はR27と、R30はR29と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
     R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R22とR23、R23とR24、R27とR28、及びR28とR29、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
     置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これらの基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
    The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the general formula (2), R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
    R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent. A naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents. R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
    Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  4.  前記一般式(2)において、R21とR26、R22とR27、R23とR28、R24とR29、及びR25とR30、がそれぞれ同一である、請求項3に記載の有機電界発光素子。 In the general formula (2), R 21 and R 26, R 22 and R 27, R 23 and R 28, R 24 and R 29, and R 25 and R 30, but is identical, respectively, according to claim 3 Organic electroluminescent element.
  5.  前記発光層に、少なくとも一種類の燐光発光材料を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the light emitting layer contains at least one phosphorescent material.
  6.  前記燐光発光材料が、下記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体である、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
     AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
     BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
     (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
     nE1は1~3の整数を表す。
    6. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein the phosphorescent material is an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
    A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
    B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
    (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
    n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  7.  前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を、前記発光層に含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer.
  8.  前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を、前記発光層と前記陰極との間の層に用いる、請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is used in a layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。 A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。 A display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  11.  請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。 An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  12.  下記一般式(1)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     一般式(1)中、R11及びR15はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R11はR12と、R15はR14と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
     R12、R13及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R12とR13、及びR13とR14、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
     nは1、2又は3を表す。
     nが2又は3の時、複数のR11~R15は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
     置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
    A compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the general formula (1), R 11 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 11 is bonded to R 12 and R 15 is bonded to R 14 to form a substituent C A naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have
    R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a naphthyl which may have a substituent C. A phenanthrenyl group which may have a group, a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group which may have a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent C; R 12 and R 13 , and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, or a fluorene ring, which may have a substituent C.
    n represents 1, 2 or 3.
    When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 11 to R 15 may be the same or different.
    Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  13.  前記一般式(1)において、nが2である、請求項12に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 12, wherein n is 2 in the general formula (1).
  14.  下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項12又は13に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     一般式(2)中、R21、R25、R26及びR30はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子若しくはアルキル基を表すか、又は、R21はR22と、R25はR24と、R26はR27と、R30はR29と、それぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環若しくはフルオレン環を形成する。
     R22、R23、R24、R27、R28及びR29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいナフチル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいフェナントレニル基、置換基Cを有していてもよいトリフェニレニル基、又は置換基Cを有していてもよいフルオレニル基を表す。R22とR23、R23とR24、R27とR28、及びR28とR29、はそれぞれ結合して、置換基Cを有していてもよい、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、トリフェニレン環又はフルオレン環を形成してもよい。
     置換基Cは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基であり、置換基Cがフェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、又はフルオレニル基の場合、これら基は更に前記置換基Cを有していてもよい。
    The compound of Claim 12 or 13 which is a compound represented by following General formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In the general formula (2), R 21 , R 25 , R 26 and R 30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, or R 21 represents R 22 , R 25 represents R 24 , R 26 R 27 and R 30 are each bonded to R 29 to form a naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, triphenylene ring or fluorene ring which may have a substituent C.
    R 22 , R 23 , R 24 , R 27 , R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group optionally having substituent C, or a substituent. A naphthyl group optionally having C, a phenanthrenyl group optionally having a substituent C, a triphenylenyl group optionally having a substituent C, or a fluorenyl group optionally having a substituent C Represents. R 22 and R 23 , R 23 and R 24 , R 27 and R 28 , and R 28 and R 29 may be bonded to each other and may have a substituent C, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring Or you may form a fluorene ring.
    Substituent C is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, cyano group, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or fluorenyl group, and substituent C is a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthrenyl group, triphenylenyl group, or In the case of a fluorenyl group, these groups may further have the substituent C.
  15.  前記一般式(2)において、R21とR26、R22とR27、R23とR28、R24とR29、及びR25とR30、がそれぞれ同一である、請求項14に記載の化合物。 In the general formula (2), R 21 and R 26, R 22 and R 27, R 23 and R 28, R 24 and R 29, and R 25 and R 30, but is identical, respectively, according to claim 14 Compound.
  16.  請求項12~15のいずれか一項に記載の、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する組成物。 A composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) according to any one of claims 12 to 15.
  17.  請求項12~15のいずれか一項に記載の、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を含有する薄膜。 A thin film containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) according to any one of claims 12 to 15.
PCT/JP2011/066090 2010-07-29 2011-07-14 ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND COMPOUND HAVING p-DICYANOBENZENE STRUCTURE WO2012014696A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010-171229 2010-07-29
JP2010171229A JP5563399B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2010-07-29 Organic electroluminescent device and compound having p-dicyanobenzene structure

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012014696A1 true WO2012014696A1 (en) 2012-02-02

Family

ID=45529912

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/066090 WO2012014696A1 (en) 2010-07-29 2011-07-14 ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND COMPOUND HAVING p-DICYANOBENZENE STRUCTURE

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5563399B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2012014696A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012133042A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and charge transport material
WO2012133649A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Charge transport material, organic electroluminescence element, light-emitting device, display apparatus, and illumination apparatus
CN105209434A (en) * 2013-06-26 2015-12-30 出光兴产株式会社 Compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
USRE46974E1 (en) * 2012-05-28 2018-07-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102550644B1 (en) * 2020-05-14 2023-07-03 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light emitting device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002329580A (en) * 2001-02-22 2002-11-15 Canon Inc Organic luminescent element
JP2003105332A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-09 Canon Inc Organic light-emitting element
JP2007266598A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-10-11 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescence element
JP2009170810A (en) * 2008-01-18 2009-07-30 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Organic electroluminescent element
WO2010074087A1 (en) * 2008-12-26 2010-07-01 出光興産株式会社 Material for organic electroluminescent element, and organic electroluminescent element

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002329580A (en) * 2001-02-22 2002-11-15 Canon Inc Organic luminescent element
JP2003105332A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-09 Canon Inc Organic light-emitting element
JP2007266598A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-10-11 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescence element
JP2009170810A (en) * 2008-01-18 2009-07-30 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Organic electroluminescent element
WO2010074087A1 (en) * 2008-12-26 2010-07-01 出光興産株式会社 Material for organic electroluminescent element, and organic electroluminescent element

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012133042A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and charge transport material
WO2012133649A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Charge transport material, organic electroluminescence element, light-emitting device, display apparatus, and illumination apparatus
JP2012216820A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light-emitting device, display unit and luminaire
USRE46974E1 (en) * 2012-05-28 2018-07-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
CN105209434A (en) * 2013-06-26 2015-12-30 出光兴产株式会社 Compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
US10590080B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2020-03-17 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Compound, material for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
US10851055B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2020-12-01 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Compound, material for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
US11059781B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2021-07-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Compound, material for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
US11739061B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2023-08-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Compound, material for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012033663A (en) 2012-02-16
JP5563399B2 (en) 2014-07-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5981770B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device, charge transport material for organic electroluminescence device, and light emitting device, display device and illumination device using the device
JP5906114B2 (en) Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device
JP5735241B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material
JP5814031B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP5847420B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound
JP4691611B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5658478B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device, and charge transport material and compound having m-kinkphenyl structure
JP5507381B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound
JP5763309B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound
JP5563399B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound having p-dicyanobenzene structure
JP4637270B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5591066B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material
JP5650961B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP5778407B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material
JP6109137B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP5990385B2 (en) Compound, material for organic electroluminescence device, charge transport material, organic electroluminescence device
JP4637271B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP6113136B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device, and charge transport material and compound having m-kinkphenyl structure
JP6109231B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11812288

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11812288

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1